This is a modern-English version of Elements of Plumbing, originally written by Dibble, Samuel Edward.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
TRANSCRIBER’S NOTESInconsistencies in hyphenation and spelling have been retained. Inconsistencies in hyphenation and spelling have been kept. Mid-paragraph illustrations have been moved for easier reading. Click the illustrations to view larger versions. Mid-paragraph illustrations have been relocated for better readability. Click the illustrations to see larger versions. |
ELEMENTS
ELEMENTS
OF
OF
PLUMBIN G
PLUMBING
BY
BY
SAMUEL EDWARD DIBBLE
SAMUEL EDWARD DIBBLE
HEAD OF SANITARY EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION DEPT.
CARNEGIE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
HEAD OF SANITARY EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION DEPT.
CARNEGIE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
First Edition
First Edition
McGRAW-HILL BOOK COMPANY, Inc.
McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc.
239 WEST 39TH STREET. NEW YORK
239 WEST 39TH STREET, NEW YORK
LONDON: HILL PUBLISHING CO., Ltd.
LONDON: HILL PUBLISHING CO., Ltd.
6 & 8 BOUVERIE ST., E. C.
6 & 8 Bouverie St., E.C.
1918
1918
Copyright, 1918, by the
McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc.
Copyright, 1918, by the
McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc.
THE MAPLE PRESS YORK PA
The Maple Press, York PA
PREFACE
In preparing this manuscript the author has had in mind the needs of young men having no technical instruction who are anxious to become proficient in the art of Plumbing. As a consequence each exercise is minutely described and illustrated; so much so, perhaps, that an experienced mechanic may find it too simple for skilled hands and a mature mind. But the beginner will not find the exercises too elaborately described and will profit by careful study. Years of experience and observation have shown the author that the methods herein described are entirely practical and are in common use today.
In preparing this manuscript, the author has kept in mind the needs of young men who have no technical training and are eager to become skilled in Plumbing. As a result, each exercise is detailed and illustrated so thoroughly that an experienced mechanic might find it too basic for skilled hands and a seasoned mind. However, beginners won’t find the exercises overly complicated and will benefit from careful study. Years of experience and observation have shown the author that the methods described here are completely practical and are commonly used today.
The various exercises in lead work will acquaint the beginner with the correct use of tools and metals. The exercises in iron pipe work have also been detailed to show the correct installation of jobs.
The different exercises in lead work will help beginners learn how to properly use tools and metals. The exercises in iron pipe work have also been explained to demonstrate the proper way to install projects.
Together with the study of this book the subjects of Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Drawing and English should be taken. These subjects as they bear on Plumbing are invaluable to the mechanic in his future connection with the trade.
Together with studying this book, you should also take subjects like Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Drawing, and English. These subjects are incredibly important for anyone in Plumbing and will be invaluable for the mechanic in their future career in the trade.
The author is indebted for the illustrations of fixtures in the chapter covering the development of plumbing fixtures, to the Thomas Maddock's Sons Co., Standard Sanitary Mfg. Co., and The Trenton Potteries Co.
The author thanks Thomas Maddock's Sons Co., Standard Sanitary Mfg. Co., and The Trenton Potteries Co. for the illustrations of fixtures in the chapter about the development of plumbing fixtures.
Samuel Edward Dibble.
Pittsburgh, December, 1917.
Samuel Edward Dibble.
Pittsburgh, December 1917.
CONTENTS
Page | ||
Preface | v | |
Chapter | ||
I. | Plumbing Fixtures and Trade | 1 |
II. | The Use and Care of the Soldering Iron—Fluxes—Making Different Soldering Joints | 11 |
III. | Mixtures of Solders for Soldering Iron and Wiping—Care of Solders—Melting Points of Metals and Alloys | 21 |
IV. | Making and Caring of Wiping Cloths | 24 |
V. | Preparing and Wiping Joints | 27 |
VI. | Preparing and Wiping Joints (Continued) | 37 |
VII. | Laying Terra-cotta and Making Connections to Public Sewers—Water Connections to Mains in Streets | 69 |
VIII. | Installing of French or Sub-soil Drains | 82 |
IX. | Storm and Sanitary Drainage with Sewage Disposal in View | 86 |
X. | Soil and Waste Pipes and Vents—Tests | 95 |
XI. | House Traps, Fresh-air Connections, Drum Traps, and Non-syphoning Traps | 104 |
XII. | Pipe Threading | 110 |
XIII. | Cold-water Supply—Test | 118 |
XIV. | Hot-water Heaters—Instantaneous Coil and Storage Tanks—Return Circulation, Hot-water Lines and Expansion | 124 |
XV. | Insulation of Piping to Eliminate Conduction, Radiation, Freezing and Noise | 131 |
XVI. | "Durham" or "Screw Pipe" Work—Pipe and Fittings | 134 |
XVII. | Gas Fittings, Pipe and Fittings, Threading, Measuring and Testing | 141 |
XVIII. | Plumbing Codes | 153 |
Index | 167 |
ELEMENTS OF PLUMBING
CHAPTER I
Plumbing Fixtures and Trade
Modern plumbing as a trade is the arranging and running of pipes to supply pure water to buildings, the erecting of fixtures for the use of this supply, and the installing of other pipes for the resulting waste water. The work of the trade divides itself therefore into two parts: first the providing an adequate supply of water; and second, the disposing of this water after use. The first division offers few problems to the plumber, little variety in the layout being possible, and the result depending mostly upon the arrangement of the pipes and fittings; but the second division calls for careful study in the arrangement, good workmanship in the installing, and individual attention to each fixture.
Modern plumbing is the process of installing and managing pipes to deliver clean water to buildings, setting up fixtures for using this water, and installing additional pipes for waste water disposal. The work of plumbing can be divided into two main parts: first, ensuring there is a sufficient supply of water; and second, managing the disposal of this water after it’s been used. The first part usually presents few challenges for plumbers, with limited variety in layout, and the outcome largely relying on the arrangement of pipes and fittings. However, the second part requires careful planning in the arrangement, skilled workmanship in the installation, and individual attention to each fixture.
The trade had its beginnings in merely supplying fresh water to a community. This was done by means of trenching, or conveying water from lakes, rivers, or springs through wooden pipes or open troughs. By easy stages the trade improved and enlarged its scope, until at the present time it is able to provide for the adequate distribution of tons of water under high pressure furnished by the city water works.
The trade started out by simply providing fresh water to a community. This was accomplished through trenching or transporting water from lakes, rivers, or springs using wooden pipes or open troughs. Gradually, the trade improved and expanded its scope, and now it's capable of ensuring the efficient distribution of tons of water under high pressure supplied by the city waterworks.
In the early years of the trade the question of the disposal of the waste water was easily answered, for it was allowed to be discharged onto the ground to seek its own course. But with the increased amount of water available, the waste-water problem has enlarged until today it plays the most[2] important part of plumbing, and the trade has had to change to meet this waste-water problem.
In the early years of the trade, figuring out what to do with the wastewater was simple; it could just be let out onto the ground to find its own way. However, as the amount of available water increased, the wastewater issue grew significantly, and today it is the most[2]important aspect of plumbing. The trade has had to adapt to address this wastewater challenge.
The first simple system of a pipe running from the sink to a point outside the building was sufficient. As larger buildings came into use and communities were more thickly populated, the plumbing problem demanded thought and intense study. The waste pipes from fixtures had to be so arranged that it would be impossible for foul odors and germ-laden air to enter the building through a plumbing fixture. The importance of this is evidenced by the plumbing laws now in use throughout the country.
The initial straightforward system of a pipe leading from the sink to an outdoor point was enough. As larger buildings were built and communities became denser, the plumbing issues required careful consideration and in-depth study. The waste pipes from fixtures needed to be designed in a way that would prevent unpleasant smells and contaminated air from entering the building through any plumbing fixture. The significance of this is reflected in the plumbing regulations currently enforced across the country.
One of the first plumbing fixtures put into common use was a hollowed-out stone which served as a sink. It was with considerable interest that the writer saw a sink of this kind in actual use in the summer of 1915, at a house in a New England village. This sink had been in service for about 100 years. From this beginning the well-known fixtures of today have developed. The demand for moderate priced, sanitary closets, lavatories, and baths has led to the rapid improvement seen in plumbing fixtures. In the development of these fixtures, as soon as a bad feature was recognized the fixture was at once discarded, until now the market offers fixtures as mechanically fine as can be produced. Plumbing fixtures were at first manufactured so that it was necessary to support them on a wooden frame, and this frame was enclosed in wood. The enclosure made by this framework soon became foul and filthy and a breeding place for all kinds of disease germs and vermin. This bad feature was overcome by the introduction of open plumbing, that is, fixtures so made that the enclosure of wood could be done away with. The open plumbing allowed a free circulation of air around the fixture and exposed pipes, thereby making the outside of the fixture and its immediate surroundings free from all the bad features of the closed plumbing. Plenty of fresh air and plenty of[3] light are necessary for good sanitary plumbing.
One of the first plumbing fixtures widely used was a hollowed-out stone that acted as a sink. The writer was very interested to see one of these sinks actually in use during the summer of 1915, at a house in a New England village. This sink had been in service for about 100 years. From this early example, the well-known fixtures of today have evolved. The demand for affordable, sanitary toilets, sinks, and baths has driven the rapid improvements seen in plumbing fixtures. In the development of these fixtures, whenever a flaw was identified, the fixture was promptly discarded, resulting in today's market offering fixtures that are as mechanically advanced as possible. Initially, plumbing fixtures needed to be supported by a wooden frame, which was enclosed in wood. This wooden enclosure quickly became dirty and unsanitary, creating a breeding ground for various germs and pests. This issue was resolved with the introduction of open plumbing, meaning fixtures were designed to eliminate the need for the wooden enclosure. Open plumbing allowed air to circulate freely around the fixture and exposed pipes, keeping the exterior of the fixture and its immediate area free from the negative aspects of closed plumbing. Ample fresh air and light are essential for good sanitary plumbing.
The materials of which the first open-plumbing fixtures were made consisted of marble, copper, zinc, slate, iron, and clay. Time soon proved that marble and slate were absorbent, copper and zinc soon leaked from wear, iron rusted, and clay cracked and lacked strength; therefore these materials soon became insanitary, and foul odors were easily detected rising from the fixture. Besides these materials being insanitary, the fact that a fixture was constructed using a number of sections proved that joints and seams were insanitary features on a fixture. For instance, in a marble lavatory constructed by using one piece for the top, another for the bowl, and still another for the back, filth accumulated at every joint and seam. Following this condition, developed the iron enameled and earthenware fixtures, constructed without seams and with a smooth, even, glossy white finish. The fact that these fixtures are made of material that is non-absorbent adds to their value as sanitary plumbing fixtures.
The first open-plumbing fixtures were made from materials like marble, copper, zinc, slate, iron, and clay. Over time, it became clear that marble and slate absorbed moisture, copper and zinc quickly developed leaks, iron rusted, and clay cracked and was weak; as a result, these materials quickly became unsanitary, and unpleasant odors could easily be detected coming from the fixtures. Along with being unhygienic, the use of multiple sections in a fixture meant that joints and seams were also problematic. For example, in a marble sink made with a separate piece for the top, another for the bowl, and a third for the back, dirt built up at every joint and seam. In response to this issue, iron enameled and earthenware fixtures were developed, made without seams and featuring a smooth, shiny white finish. The fact that these fixtures are made of non-absorbent materials enhances their value as sanitary plumbing fixtures.
Another problem which is as important as the foregoing is the proper flushing, that is, the supplying of sufficient water in a manner designed to cleanse the fixture properly.
Another issue that is just as important as the previous one is proper flushing, which means providing enough water in a way that effectively cleans the fixture.
The development of sanitary earthenware illustrates how the above problems were satisfactorily solved. In the city of London a law compelling the use of drains was enforced, and in the early 70's the effect of this law was felt in this country. The introduction at this time of the mechanical water closet, known as the "pan closet," and the English plumbing material which was brought to this country[4] was the beginning of "American plumbing," which today outstrips that of any other country in the world. The "pan closet" continued in use for some time until the "valve closet" was introduced as a more sanitary fixture. Closely following these closets, in 1880, the plunger closet became popular as a still more sanitary fixture. The plunger closet continued in use until the present all-earthenware closet bowl drove all other makes from the market. The American development of the earthenware closet bowl put the American sanitary fixture far ahead of the English improvements, as the American earthenware is superior and the sanitary features of the bowls are nearer perfection.
The development of sanitary earthenware shows how these issues were effectively addressed. In London, a law mandating the use of drains was put into action, and in the early 1870s, the impact of this law was felt in the United States. Around this time, the mechanical water closet, known as the "pan closet," and the English plumbing materials brought to this country[4] marked the start of "American plumbing," which today surpasses that of any other nation in the world. The "pan closet" remained in use for a while until the "valve closet" was introduced as a more sanitary option. Shortly after, in 1880, the plunger closet gained popularity as an even more hygienic fixture. The plunger closet continued to be used until the all-earthenware closet bowl emerged and replaced all other models in the market. The American innovation of the earthenware closet bowl placed American sanitary fixtures well ahead of English advancements, as American earthenware is superior, and the sanitary features of the bowls are nearly perfect.
When the washout bowl was introduced it was considered perfection. The hopper closet bowl, which was nothing[5] more than a funnel-shaped bowl placed on top of a trap, was placed in competition with the washout bowl. There are a number of these bowls now in use and also being manufactured. However, large cities prohibit their use.
When the washout bowl was first introduced, it was seen as the epitome of perfection. The hopper closet bowl, which was essentially just a funnel-shaped bowl sitting on top of a trap, was put up against the washout bowl. Nowadays, there are many of these bowls in use and being produced. However, major cities ban their use.
To quote Thomas Maddock's Sons Co.: "In 1876 Wm. Smith of San Francisco patented a water closet which employed a jet to assist in emptying the bowl and the development of this principle is due entirely to the potter, who had gradually and by costly experiment become the determining factor in the evolution of the water closet." With this improvement it became possible to do away with the boxing-in of the bowl which up to this time had been necessary. Closet bowls of today are made of vitreous body which does not permit crazing or discoloring of the ware. A study of the illustrations which show the evolution of the closet bowl should be of interest to the student as well as to the apprentice and journeyman. The bath tub developed from a gouged-out stone, in which water could be stored and used for bathing purposes, to our present-day enameled iron and earthenware tubs. The development did not progress very rapidly until about 25 years ago. Since then every feature of the tub has been improved, and from a sanitary[6] standpoint the tubs of today cannot be improved. The bath tub has become an American custom, as the people in this country have demanded that they have sanitary equipment in their homes, while in the European countries this demand has not developed.
To quote Thomas Maddock's Sons Co.: "In 1876, Wm. Smith from San Francisco patented a toilet that used a jet to help empty the bowl, and the advancement of this idea is entirely credited to the potter, who through a series of expensive trials became the key factor in the development of the water closet." With this enhancement, it was possible to eliminate the need to box in the bowl, which had been necessary until then. Today's toilet bowls are made from a vitreous material that prevents crazing or discoloration of the ware. A look at the illustrations showing the evolution of the toilet bowl should interest both students and apprentices as well as experienced workers. The bathtub evolved from a hollowed-out stone used for storing water for baths to our modern enameled iron and ceramic tubs. This development didn't really pick up speed until about 25 years ago. Since then, every aspect of the tub has been enhanced, and from a hygiene perspective, today's tubs cannot be improved upon. The bathtub has become an American tradition, as people in this country have insisted on having sanitary fixtures in their homes, while such a demand has not emerged in European countries.
The first tubs used in this country were of wood lined with copper or zinc, and were built in or boxed in with wood panelling. The plumbing ordinances of today prohibit this boxing as it proved to be a breeding place for vermin, etc. As the illustration shows, the woodwork encasing the tub was in a great many cases beautifully carved and finished.
The first tubs used in this country were made of wood and lined with copper or zinc, and they were built in or enclosed with wood paneling. Today's plumbing regulations ban this type of enclosure because it turned out to be a breeding ground for pests, among other things. As the illustration shows, the woodwork surrounding the tub was often beautifully carved and finished.
The placing on the market of a steel-clad tub, a steel tub with a copper lining, which did away with the boxing, was a big improvement as far as sanitary reasons were[7] concerned as well as a reduction in cost of tubs. These tubs were set up on legs which permitted cleaning and provided good ventilation all around. With these features they drove all other tubs from the market. The copper and zinc were found to be hard to keep clean and they were soon replaced by the iron enamelled and earthenware tubs. The finish on these tubs being white and non-absorbent makes them highly acceptable as sanitary fixtures. A study of the illustrations will show how progress has been made in design as well as in sanitary features.
The introduction of a steel-clad tub, which features a copper lining and eliminates the boxing, was a significant improvement for sanitary reasons and also lowered the cost of tubs. These tubs were elevated on legs, allowing for easier cleaning and providing good ventilation all around. With these benefits, they pushed all other types of tubs off the market. Copper and zinc tubs proved difficult to keep clean, so they were quickly replaced by enamelled iron and ceramic tubs. The white, non-absorbent finish of these tubs makes them very appealing as sanitary fixtures. A look at the illustrations will show how much progress has been made in both design and sanitary features.[7]
The Wash Bowl.—Succeeding the hand basin the first wash basins used in this country were made of marble or slate, with a round bowl of crockery. The bowl was 14 inches in diameter originally, but later was changed to an oval bowl. Like the bath tub these wash stands were[8] encased in wood, the encasing being used to support the marble top. Ornamental brackets were introduced and the wood encasement done away with.
The Wash Bowl.—After the hand basin, the first wash basins used in this country were made of marble or slate, featuring a round ceramic bowl. Originally, the bowl was 14 inches in diameter, but it was later modified to an oval shape. Similar to bathtubs, these washstands were[8] surrounded by wood, which supported the marble top. Decorative brackets were added, and the wooden enclosure was eventually removed.
About 1902 the iron-enamelled lavatory appeared on the market and drove all other kinds from the market at once. The reason for this is clear. The marble stands were absorbent and were made with three parts, top, back, and bowl; the enamelled iron lavatory is made all in one piece of material non-absorbent. A study of the illustrations will show clearly how the lavatory has been improved. Strange to say, in all plumbing fixtures, and especially the[9] lavatory, as improvements were made to make them more sanitary a reduction has been made in the price of an individual fixture.
Around 1902, the iron-enamelled lavatory hit the market and quickly replaced all other types. The reason is straightforward. The marble stands were absorbent and made in three separate pieces: top, back, and bowl; whereas the enamelled iron lavatory is crafted as a single, non-absorbent unit. A look at the illustrations will clearly demonstrate how the lavatory has been enhanced. Interestingly, in all plumbing fixtures, particularly the[9] lavatory, as improvements were made for better sanitation, the price of each individual fixture decreased.
The development of the urinal, showers, wash trays, drinking fountains and other fixtures I will not attempt to cover. As the demand has been evident for fixtures of certain types, the plumber has been alert to anticipate and supply it. There is need, however, for improvement in[10] all our fixtures, especially that part which connects with the waste pipes, also the hanging, that is the arrangement or lack of arrangement for hanging fixtures to the wall. The waste and overflow of all fixtures need considerable change to make them sanitary. The opportunity is, therefore, before anyone who will apply himself to this development. Much money, thought, and time have been spent by the manufacturers of iron enamelled ware and by the potteries to gather suggestions made by the plumber in regard to fixtures, and then to perfect them. To these manufacturers is due the beautiful design, stability, and perfect sanitary material which make up our plumbing fixtures of today.
I won’t get into the details about the development of urinals, showers, wash trays, drinking fountains, and other fixtures. As the need for specific types of fixtures has become clear, plumbers have been quick to anticipate and provide for it. However, there’s still a need for improvement in[10] all our fixtures, particularly where they connect to the waste pipes, as well as how they’re mounted on the wall. The waste and overflow systems of all fixtures require significant changes to ensure they are hygienic. Therefore, there’s an opportunity for anyone willing to focus on this area for enhancement. Manufacturers of iron enamelled ware and pottery have invested a lot of money, thought, and time gathering input from plumbers about fixtures and then refining them. Thanks to these manufacturers, we now have beautifully designed, sturdy, and truly sanitary plumbing fixtures.
CHAPTER II
The Use and Care of the Soldering Iron. Fluxes. Making Different Soldering Joints
The Soldering Iron.—The soldering iron is one of the first tools a plumber has to master. This tool is sometimes called a "copper bit" as it is made of copper; and so throughout this book the words "soldering iron," "copper bit," "iron," and "bit" are used synonymously. There are several different-shaped irons in common use today, but an iron shaped like the one in Fig. 13 is the one for use in the following work. Take the iron as it is purchased, having a wooden handle and the copper exposed on pointed end. Before it can be used the point must be faced and tinned. To do this, proceed as follows:
The Soldering Iron.—The soldering iron is one of the first tools a plumber needs to master. This tool is sometimes referred to as a "copper bit" since it’s made of copper; throughout this book, the terms "soldering iron," "copper bit," "iron," and "bit" are used interchangeably. There are several different shapes of irons that are commonly used today, but one shaped like the one in Fig. 13 is the one to use for the upcoming work. Take the iron as it comes, with a wooden handle and the copper exposed at the pointed end. Before it can be used, the point needs to be faced and tinned. To do this, follow these steps:
- First, heat the iron on the furnace.
- Second, place in vise and file the four surfaces of the point.
- Third, run a file over edges and point.
- Fourth, heat the iron until it will melt solder.
- Fifth, put 6 or 8 drops of solder and a piece of rosin the size of a chestnut on an ordinary red brick. (This rosin is called a flux.)
- Sixth, take the hot iron and melt the solder and rosin on the brick.
- Seventh, rub the four surfaces of the point of the iron on the brick keeping the point in the melted solder.
The solder will soon stick to the copper surfaces and then[12] the iron is ready for use.
The solder will soon adhere to the copper surfaces and then[12] the iron is ready for use.
Another way to tin the iron that is in common use is to rub the point of a hot iron on a piece of sal-ammoniac, or dip the hot iron in reduced muriatic acid, then rub the stick of solder on the iron. The use of muriatic acid in tinning the iron is not recommended. In the first place, it is not always possible to carry it, and in the second place it eats holes in the surface of iron, which makes it necessary to file and smooth the surfaces again. The constant use of muriatic acid on the copper soon wears it away and makes it unfit for use. Rosin is easily carried and applied and is by far the best to use in regular work.
Another common way to tin iron is to rub the tip of a hot iron on a piece of sal-ammoniac or dip the hot iron in diluted muriatic acid, then rub a stick of solder on the iron. However, using muriatic acid for tinning iron is not recommended. First, it’s not always convenient to carry, and second, it creates holes in the surface of the iron, making it necessary to file and smooth the surfaces again. Continuous use of muriatic acid on copper can wear it down, rendering it useless. Rosin is easy to carry and apply, and it’s definitely the best option for regular work.
Points to Remember in the Care of the Soldering Iron.—
Things to Keep in Mind for Soldering Iron Care.—
- First, proper tinning is absolutely necessary for rapid and good work.
- Second, do not allow the iron to heat red hot.
- Third, keep the point of the iron properly shaped.
- Fourth, use the same flux in tinning as is to be used in soldering.
- Fifth, when filing iron, file as little as possible.
- Sixth, keep in use two irons of the same size.
FLUX
A flux is used to clean the surfaces of joints and seams to be soldered, also to keep them from oxidizing and to help the metals to fuse.
A flux is used to clean the surfaces of joints and seams that need to be soldered, to prevent them from oxidizing, and to help the metals join together.
The following list gives the names of various fluxes in common use, how they are applied, and on what material they are most commonly used:
The following list provides the names of different fluxes that are commonly used, how they are applied, and the materials they are typically used on:
Flux | How applied | Used on |
---|---|---|
Rosin | Sprinkled over | Lead, tin, and brass |
Tallow | Melted | Lead and brass |
Muriatic acid (reduced) | With a swab | Copper, galvanized iron |
and brass | ||
Muriatic acid (raw) | Using a swab | Dirty galvanized iron |
Rosin.—Rosin is purchased by the pound and comes in[13] chunks. It is very brittle and powders easily. Plumbers generally take a piece of 11⁄4 N. P. brass tubing, solder a trap screw in one end and a cone-shaped piece of copper on the other. The point of the cone is left open. Rosin is put into this tube and is easily sprinkled on work when needed.
Rosin.—Rosin is sold by the pound and comes in[13] chunks. It's very brittle and turns to powder easily. Plumbers typically take a piece of 11⁄4 N. P. brass tubing, solder a trap screw on one end and a cone-shaped piece of copper on the other. The tip of the cone is left open. Rosin is placed into this tube and can be easily sprinkled on the work when needed.
Tallow.—A plumber's tallow candle answers the purpose for tallow flux. Some plumbers carry a can for the tallow, making it cleaner to handle.
Tallow.—A plumber's tallow candle works well for tallow flux. Some plumbers bring a can for the tallow, which makes it cleaner to use.
Muriatic Acid.—Muriatic acid or hydrochloric acid is used both raw and reduced. Raw acid is not diluted or reduced. Reduced acid is made as follows: Put some zinc chips in a lead receptacle and then pour in the muriatic acid. The acid will at once act on the zinc. The fumes should be allowed to escape into the outer air. When chemical action ceases, the liquid remaining is called reduced acid.
Muriatic Acid.—Muriatic acid, or hydrochloric acid, can be used in both its raw and reduced forms. Raw acid is used without any dilution or reduction. Reduced acid is made like this: Place some zinc chips in a lead container and then pour in the muriatic acid. The acid will react immediately with the zinc. Allow the fumes to escape into the open air. When the chemical reaction stops, the remaining liquid is known as reduced acid.
PLUMBERS' SOILS AND PASTE
It is necessary when soldering or wiping a joint to cover the parts of pipe adjoining the portion that is to be soldered or wiped so that the solder will not stick to it. There are a number of preparations for this. The one used by the best mechanics today is paste, made as follows:
It’s important when soldering or wiping a joint to cover the parts of the pipe next to the area being soldered or wiped so that the solder doesn’t stick to it. There are several products available for this. The one preferred by the top mechanics today is a paste, made as follows:
- 8 teaspoons of flour.
- 1 teaspoon of salt.
- 1 teaspoon of sugar.
- Mix with water and boil down to a thick paste.
The advantages of paste as a soil are many:
The advantages of paste as a soil are many:
- First, it is made of materials easily obtained.
- Second, solder will not stick to it.
- Third, if pipe is thoroughly cleaned, the paste will not rub off easily.
- Fourth, poor workmanship cannot be covered up.
- Fifth, when the work is completed, a wet cloth will wipe[14] it off and leave the work clean.
Another soil used is lampblack and glue. A quantity of glue is melted and then lampblack is added. This needs to be heated and water added each time it is used. This soil is put on pipes with a short stubby brush. The work when completed with the silvery joint and jet black borders appears to the uninitiated very artistic and neat, but when the black soil is worn away the uneven edges of the joint appear, disclosing the reason for using a black soil that covers all defects. The mechanic of today who takes pride in his ability for good workmanship will not cover his work with black soil.
Another material used is lampblack and glue. A quantity of glue is melted, and then lampblack is mixed in. This needs to be heated and water added each time it’s used. This mixture is applied to pipes with a short, stubby brush. When finished, the silvery joint and jet black edges look very artistic and neat to the untrained eye, but when the black material wears away, the uneven edges of the joint become visible, revealing the reason for using a black material to hide all flaws. Today's mechanic, who takes pride in their workmanship, won't cover their work with black material.
It can readily be seen that the use of lampblack soil encourages poor workmanship, while the use of paste forces, to a certain extent, good workmanship on the part of the mechanic.
It’s clear that using lampblack soil leads to shoddy work, while using paste somewhat compels the worker to produce better quality work.
Before soil or paste is applied, the pipe needs to be cleansed. Grease and dirt accumulate on the pipe. The methods employed to remove all foreign matter are simply to scrape the surface with fine sand or emery paper; sand and water will also answer for this purpose. This cleans the surface and allows the soil or paste to stick to the pipe.
Before applying soil or paste, the pipe needs to be cleaned. Grease and dirt build up on the pipe. The methods used to remove all foreign matter are simply to scrape the surface with fine sand or sandpaper; sand and water can also work for this. This cleans the surface and helps the soil or paste adhere to the pipe.
MAKING DIFFERENT SOLDER JOINTS
The tools used in making the different solder joints as described and illustrated in this chapter are shown in Fig. 14.
The tools used for making the various solder joints, as described and illustrated in this chapter, are shown in Fig. 14.
Cup Joint.—The materials necessary for the work (Fig. 15): 12 inches of 1⁄2-inch AA lead pipe, paste, rosin, 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 solder.
Cup Joint.—The materials needed for the job (Fig. 15): 12 inches of 1⁄2-inch AA lead pipe, paste, rosin, 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 solder.
If a gas furnace is not on the bench to heat the iron, then a gasoline furnace is necessary.
If a gas furnace isn't available to heat the iron, then a gasoline furnace is required.
Each of the following operations must be done thoroughly to insure a perfect job:
Each of the following tasks must be done thoroughly to ensure a perfect outcome:
- First, with the saw cut off 12 inches of 1⁄2-inch AA lead[15] pipe from the coil. When cutting off a piece of lead pipe from a coil or reel, always straighten out 1 foot more than is needed. This leaves 1 foot of straight pipe always on the coil.
-
Second, with the flat side of the rasp, square the ends of the 12-inch piece of pipe. (A good way to do this is to hold the pipe at right angles with the edge of the bench, run the rasp across the end of the pipe, keeping the rasp parallel with the edge of the bench. Apply this to all work when necessary to square the ends of pipe.)
Second, use the flat side of the rasp to square the ends of the 12-inch piece of pipe. A good method is to hold the pipe at a right angle against the edge of the bench and run the rasp across the end, keeping it parallel to the edge of the bench. Apply this technique whenever you need to square the ends of the pipe.
Third, cut the pipe with the saw, making two pieces each 6 inches in length.
Third, use the saw to cut the pipe into two pieces, each 6 inches long.
Fourth, square the ends just cut.
Fourth, square off the ends you just cut.
Fifth, rasp the edges of one end as shown in the cut. Hold the work in such a way that the stroke of the rasp can be seen without moving the pipe.
Fifth, file the edges of one end as shown in the illustration. Hold the piece so that you can see the rasp's movement without shifting the pipe.
Sixth, take the other 6-inch piece of pipe and with the[16] turn pin spread one end of it. The turn pin must be struck squarely in the center with the hammer, the point of the turn pin being kept in the center of the pipe. The pipe should be turned after each blow of the hammer. The pipe must not rest on the bench but should be held in the hand while using the turn pin. If the pipe bends, it can be straightened with bending irons. If the pipe is spread more on one side than the other, the turn pin should be hit on the opposite side so as to even the spread.
Sixth, take the other 6-inch piece of pipe and with the[16] turn pin, spread one end of it. The turn pin must be struck squarely in the center with the hammer, keeping the point of the turn pin in the center of the pipe. Rotate the pipe after each blow from the hammer. The pipe should not rest on the bench but should be held in your hand while using the turn pin. If the pipe bends, you can straighten it with bending irons. If the pipe is spread unevenly, hit the turn pin on the opposite side to even it out.
-
Seventh, when the pipes are properly fitted, moisten the tips of the fingers with paste and rub the paste on parts of pipe marked "paste." Put the pipe aside to allow the paste to dry.
Seventh, when the pipes are properly fitted, dampen the tips of your fingers with paste and apply the paste to the areas of the pipe labeled "paste." Set the pipe aside to let the paste dry.
Ninth, with the shave hook scrape off the paste and surface dirt as shown in the figure. The inside of the cup will look bright, but must be scraped.
Ninth, use the shave hook to scrape off the paste and surface dirt as shown in the figure. The inside of the cup will appear shiny, but it still needs to be scraped.
Tenth, place the two pieces into position as shown in Fig. 16, sprinkle rosin on the joint, melt a few drops of solder on the joint and with the iron melt the solder on the joint, drawing the iron around the pipe keeping the solder melted around the iron all the time.
Tenth, put the two pieces in place as shown in Fig. 16, sprinkle rosin on the joint, melt a few drops of solder on the joint and with the iron, melt the solder on the joint, moving the iron around the pipe while keeping the solder melted around the iron the whole time.
Eleventh, fill the joint with solder and continue to draw the hot iron around the joint until a smooth and bright surface is obtained. To master the correct use of the soldering iron in this work, considerable practice will be necessary.
Eleventh, fill the joint with solder and keep moving the hot iron around the joint until you get a smooth and shiny surface. To get the hang of using the soldering iron properly for this task, you'll need a lot of practice.
Overcast Joints.—(Fig. 17.)
Overcast Joints.—(__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.)
Note.—Each operation must be performed thoroughly.
Note.—Each operation must be done carefully.
-
First, saw off from a coil of 11⁄2-inch D lead pipe a 10-inch piece of pipe.
First, cut a 10-inch section from a coil of 11⁄2-inch D lead pipe.
Second, square the ends with the rasp, as previously explained.
Second, square the ends using the rasp, as explained earlier.
Third, take a 11⁄2-inch drift plug and drive through the pipe (Fig. 18).
Third, take a 11⁄2-inch drift plug and push it through the pipe (Fig. 18).
Fourth, saw the pipe into two pieces of 5 inches each.
Fourth, cut the pipe into two pieces, each 5 inches long.
Fifth, square the ends of the pipe with the rasp.
Fifth, smooth the ends of the pipe with the rasp.
Sixth, rasp off the outside edge of one end of the pipe as shown.
Sixth, sand down the outer edge of one end of the pipe as shown.
Seventh, rasp off the inside edge of one end of the pipe.
Seventh, smooth down the inside edge of one end of the pipe.
Eighth, finish rasped surfaces with a file. Both surfaces should have the same angle.
Eighth, smooth out any rough edges with a file. Both surfaces should match at the same angle.
-
Ninth, with a shave hook scrape the outside surface of[19] each pipe for about 1 inch from the end.
Ninth, use a shave hook to scrape the outer surface of[19] each pipe for about 1 inch from the end.
Tenth, put the soldering iron on to heat.
Tenth, turn on the soldering iron to heat it up.
Eleventh, paste paper on the joint as shown in the cut.
Eleventh, apply paper to the joint as shown in the image.
Twelfth, fit the pieces together and lay on the bench. Drop some melted solder on the joint and with the hot iron proceed to flow the solder around the joint by turning the pipe. Use plenty of flux (rosin). The pipes must be tacked in three or four places at first or they will have a tendency to spread.
Twelfth, put the pieces together and lay them on the bench. Drop some melted solder on the joint and, using the hot iron, flow the solder around the joint by turning the pipe. Use plenty of flux (rosin). The pipes need to be secured in three or four spots at first or they might spread apart.
Thirteenth, to finish the joint, lift the iron straight up.
Thirteenth, to complete the joint, lift the iron straight up.
This joint when finished will have a bright smooth finish. The two foregoing joints need considerable practice and should be perfectly mastered before going on to the next job.
This joint, once completed, will have a shiny, smooth finish. The two previous joints require significant practice and should be fully mastered before moving on to the next task.
SEAMS
A description of the making of wiped seams for lead-lined tanks will not be attempted as very few are made now. The plumber, however, is often called upon to make a seam joining two pieces of sheet lead. The beginner will do well to go over the following exercise carefully and practice it thoroughly.
A description of how to make wiped seams for lead-lined tanks won’t be provided since very few are made these days. However, plumbers are often asked to create a seam that joins two pieces of sheet lead. Beginners should carefully review the following exercise and practice it thoroughly.
Materials.—Two pieces of 8-pound sheet lead, 6 by 10 inches each; one bar of 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 solder; paste, paper, and rosin.
Materials.—Two pieces of 8-pound sheet lead, each measuring 6 by 10 inches; one bar of 1/2 and 1/2 solder; paste, paper, and rosin.
The 10-inch side of each piece is rasped and fitted together. The edges are cleaned and paper is pasted on leaving 1⁄4 inch for solder. Paste without the paper can be put on. This will make a joint 1⁄2 inch wide.
The 10-inch side of each piece is filed down and assembled. The edges are smoothed, and paper is glued on, leaving 1⁄4 inch for solder. You can apply paste without the paper. This will create a joint 1⁄2 inch wide.
Apply the rosin to the joint, then with the heated iron and some solder tack the seam on the top, then on the bottom and middle. This will prevent the seam from spreading when the lead is heated. Solder and rosin can now be put on the full length of the joint. With a hot iron proceed to float the solder down the seam. The soldering iron must not rest at full length on the pieces of lead or it will melt the lead and render the work useless. The solder will flow and form a clean neat seam, if the iron is at the right heat and the right amount of solder is put on. If the iron is too hot, the solder will flow instantly when the iron is laid on it and the solder will disappear as it runs through the seam. If the iron is too cold the solder will not melt enough to flow. Too much solder on the seam will cause it to overflow, that is, the solder will spread beyond the papered edges. After a little practice this surplus solder can be drawn in on the seam with the iron and carried along the seam to some point that has not enough solder. When the seam is completed the edges should be perfectly straight and even. The iron is carried along the seam with one stroke which makes the seam appear smooth and bright.
Apply the rosin to the joint, then with the heated iron and some solder, tack the seam on the top, then on the bottom and middle. This will stop the seam from spreading when the lead heats up. You can now add solder and rosin along the entire length of the joint. Using a hot iron, move the solder down the seam. The soldering iron shouldn't rest fully on the pieces of lead, or it will melt the lead and ruin the work. The solder will flow and create a clean, neat seam if the iron is at the right temperature and the correct amount of solder is applied. If the iron is too hot, the solder will flow immediately when the iron touches it, and the solder will vanish as it runs through the seam. If the iron is too cold, the solder won't melt enough to flow. Using too much solder on the seam will cause it to overflow, spreading beyond the papered edges. After some practice, this excess solder can be pulled back into the seam with the iron and moved to areas that need more solder. When the seam is finished, the edges should be perfectly straight and even. The iron is moved along the seam in one stroke, making it look smooth and bright.
CHAPTER III
Solder Mixtures for Soldering Irons and Wiping.
Caring for Solders. Melting Points of
Metals and Alloys
The importance of good solder, that is, solder correctly mixed and thoroughly cleaned, should not be overlooked. Work is more quickly and neatly done and the job presents a more finished appearance when solder that is correctly made is used.
The importance of good solder—meaning solder that is properly mixed and thoroughly cleaned—shouldn't be ignored. Work is done more quickly and neatly, and the job looks more polished when properly made solder is used.
The solder used in the following work with the soldering iron is called 1⁄2 and 1⁄2. This means 1⁄2 (50 per cent.) lead and 1⁄2 (50 per cent.) tin.
The solder used in the following work with the soldering iron is called 1⁄2 and 1⁄2. This means 1⁄2 (50 percent) lead and 1⁄2 (50 percent) tin.
In the mixture of solder, only pure metals should be used. The lead should be melted first and all the dross cleaned off. The tin should then be added and mixed.
In the solder mixture, only pure metals should be used. First, melt the lead and clean off all the impurities. Then, add and mix in the tin.
The solder to be used in wiping the joints in the following chapter is a mixture of 37 per cent. tin and 63 per cent. lead. This is called wiping solder.
The solder for wiping the joints in the next chapter is a mix of 37% tin and 63% lead. This is known as wiping solder.
The following table gives the melting points, etc.:
The table below shows the melting points and other details:
Metal | Melting point | Mixture |
---|---|---|
Sulphur............. | 228 | Pure |
Tin.................... | 446 | Pure |
Lead................. | 626 | Pure |
Zinc.................. | 680 | Pure |
Fine solder........ | 400 | 50 per cent. tin, 50 per cent. lead (wt.) |
Wiping solder.... | 370 | 37 per cent. tin, 63 per cent. lead (wt.) |
To recognize fine solder, run off a bar into a mold and let[22] it cool. If there is a frosted streak in the center, the metal has not enough tin. The surface should be bright. To recognize wiping solder, pour some on a brick. When this is cool, the top should be frosty and the under side should have four or five bright spots. The amount poured on the brick should be about the size of a half dollar. If poured on iron, the metal will cool too quickly and show bright all over the under side.
To identify good solder, pour a bar into a mold and let it cool. If there's a frosted line in the center, that means the metal doesn’t have enough tin. The surface should be shiny. To identify wiping solder, pour some onto a brick. Once it cools, the top should be frosty and the underside should have four or five shiny spots. The amount you pour on the brick should be about the size of a half dollar. If you pour it on iron, the metal will cool too fast and will be shiny all over the underside.
To Make 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 Solder or Plumber's Fine Solder.—The possibility of getting pure clean metals to mix solder is very remote. Old pieces of lead pipe, lead trap, old block tin pipe are used to make solder when pure metals are not at hand.
To Make 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 Solder or Plumber's Fine Solder.—The chance of finding pure, clean metals to create solder is quite low. Old lead pipes, lead traps, and old block tin pipes are used to make solder when pure metals aren't available.
-
First, in a cast-iron pot melt the lead to about 800°, or a dull red.
First, in a cast-iron pot, heat the lead to about 800° or a dull red.
Second, clean off the dross.
Second, clean off the waste.
Third, add (to a 15-pound pot) 1⁄2 pound of sulphur in three applications. Each time mix the sulphur thoroughly with the metal with a long stick.
Third, add (to a 15-pound pot) 1⁄2 pound of sulfur in three parts. Each time, mix the sulfur thoroughly with the metal using a long stick.
Fourth, add tin before the last application of sulphur. Mix thoroughly.
Fourth, add tin before the final application of sulfur. Mix well.
Fifth, pour off two bars and look for the frosty streak in the center. Add a little more tin, if necessary.
Fifth, pour off two bars and check for the frosty streak in the middle. Add a bit more tin if needed.
To Mix Wiping Solder.—
To Blend Wiping Solder.—
-
First, proceed as described in 1⁄2 and 1⁄2, melting the metals and burning out with sulphur, adding the percentage of tin according to the preceding table. Then test the solder for bright spots on the under side.
First, follow the steps outlined in 1⁄2 and 1⁄2, melting the metals and burning out with sulfur, adding the percentage of tin based on the table above. Then check the solder for bright spots on the underside.
Second, keep the metal thoroughly mixed when burning and keep all dross cleaned off the surface.
Second, keep the metal thoroughly mixed while burning and make sure to clean all the impurities off the surface.
The working heat of wiping solder is 500°F. Sulphur is used to collect all zinc and dross. The sulphur should come in contact with all parts of the metal. This is why the metal should be stirred when the sulphur is put in.
The working temperature for wiping solder is 500°F. Sulfur is used to gather all the zinc and impurities. The sulfur should touch all parts of the metal. That's why the metal should be stirred when the sulfur is added.
A few good points in the economical care of solder are[23] listed below.
A few good points on the economical use of solder are[23] listed below.
Care of 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 Solder.—
Care of 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 Solder.—
-
First, do not drop melted solder on the floor or dirty bench.
First, don’t drop melted solder on the floor or a dirty workbench.
Second, use all small ends by melting on a new bar.
Second, use all the small ends by melting them onto a new bar.
Third, put clean paper under work and use droppings.
Third, place clean paper under your work and use the droppings.
Fourth, have the mold free from dirt when pouring.
Fourth, make sure the mold is clean and free of dirt when pouring.
Care of Wiping Solder.—
How to Wipe Solder.—
-
First, do not heat red hot.
First, don't heat it until it's glowing red.
Second, do not file brass where the filings will get into the solder.
Second, don’t file brass where the shavings can get into the solder.
Third, do not allow lead chips to get into the solder.
Third, don't let lead chips get into the solder.
Fourth, clean the solder occasionally.
Fourth, clean the solder regularly.
Fifth, learn to distinguish solder from lead by its hardness.
Fifth, learn to tell solder apart from lead by how hard it is.
Sixth, have different-shaped pot for lead and solder.
Sixth, have a pot with a different shape for lead and solder.
Seventh, do not tin brass by dipping into solder.
Seventh, don't coat brass with solder by dipping it.
Eighth, do not put cold or wet ladle into hot solder.
Eighth, don't use a cold or wet ladle in hot solder.
A pot holding about 15 pounds of solder is the size commonly in use.
A pot that holds about 15 pounds of solder is the standard size usually used.
CHAPTER IV
Making and Caring for Wiping Cloths
A good wiping cloth is essential for wiping joints. The exact size and the flexibility of the cloth depend a great deal upon the mechanic who handles the cloth. Some mechanics like a stiff cloth, but the writer has always used a flexible cloth. The sizes, shape, and methods of folding and breaking in as shown in Fig. 21 below have proved successful. Cloths made of whalebone ticking are inexpensive and make the best for ordinary use.
A good wiping cloth is crucial for cleaning joints. The exact size and flexibility of the cloth really depend on the mechanic using it. Some mechanics prefer a stiff cloth, but I've always used a flexible one. The sizes, shape, and folding methods shown in Fig. 21 below have been successful. Cloths made of whalebone ticking are affordable and are the best for everyday use.
Size of cloth open | Size of cloth folded | |
---|---|---|
141⁄2 by 141⁄2 inches | equals | 31⁄4 by 31⁄4 inches |
131⁄2 by 131⁄2 inches | equals | 3 by 3 inches |
81⁄2 by 121⁄2 inches | equals | 2 by 3 inches |
For the joint-wiping jobs to follow, the above sizes are[25] the best. The largest size, 141⁄2 by 141⁄2 inches is used for catch cloth. The 131⁄2 by 131⁄2 inches is the wiping cloth. The 81⁄2 by 121⁄2 inches is the branch cloth.
For the joint-wiping tasks to come, the sizes listed above are[25] the best. The largest size, 141⁄2 by 141⁄2 inches, is used for catch cloth. The 131⁄2 by 131⁄2 inches is the wiping cloth. The 81⁄2 by 121⁄2 inches is the branch cloth.
Proceed as follows to cut and complete a cloth:
Proceed as follows to cut and finish a piece of fabric:
- First, lay the ticking on the flat bench and square the sides 141⁄2 by 141⁄2 inches.
- Second, the ticking should be cut off with shears and not torn or cut with a knife.
- Third, fold as shown in the cut.
Each fold should be moistened with a little water and pressed with a hot iron. The cloth should not be pulled or stretched, but should be kept as square as possible.
Each fold should be dampened with a bit of water and pressed with a hot iron. The fabric shouldn’t be pulled or stretched, but should be kept as square as possible.
The first and second folds require a little care; the corners when folded to the center should be kept in a little, thus making the outside edge slightly rounded. If this is done, the corners will not stick out when the cloth is finished. After the cloth is carefully folded, pressed, and dried, take a needle and thread and sew the open corners about 1⁄2 inch in from the edge of the cloth. By carefully studying the cut, one can readily see each operation and, by following directions, make a perfect cloth.
The first and second folds need a bit of attention; the corners should be folded towards the center, keeping them slightly in, which will create a slightly rounded outer edge. If you do this, the corners won’t stick out when the cloth is finished. Once the cloth is carefully folded, pressed, and dried, take a needle and thread to sew the open corners about 1⁄2 inch in from the edge of the cloth. By closely observing the cut, you can easily see each step, and by following the instructions, you can create a perfect cloth.
When the cloth is done, an amount of oil sufficient to soak through about three layers of cloth should be applied and then rubbed on a smooth surface. The oil should be rubbed in well about the edges. It will not be necessary to apply anything else to the cloth to prepare it for wiping. Paste, soil, chalk, etc., are not needed and do not benefit the cloth. When using oil on the cloth, it must not be used too freely, that is, the cloth must not be soaked in oil, as oil is a rapid conductor of heat and the cloth would soon become too hot to handle.
When the cloth is ready, apply enough oil to soak through about three layers of cloth, then rub it on a smooth surface. Make sure to rub the oil in well around the edges. You don't need to apply anything else to the cloth to prepare it for wiping. Paste, dirt, chalk, etc., aren’t necessary and won’t help the cloth. When using oil on the cloth, don’t use too much; the cloth shouldn’t be soaked in oil, as oil conducts heat quickly and the cloth could become too hot to handle.
Care of Wiping Cloths.—The ticking will burn if allowed to become too hot. If hot solder is poured directly on the cloth, it will soon burn and be destroyed.
Care of Wiping Cloths.—The fabric will burn if it gets too hot. If hot solder is poured directly on the cloth, it will quickly burn and get ruined.
Keep the surface on both sides of the cloth well oiled.[26]
Keep the surface on both sides of the cloth well oiled.[26]
Use both sides of the cloth.
Use both sides of the cloth.
Use both wiping edges of the cloth.
Use both edges of the cloth to wipe.
When the cloth is not in use, it should not be thrown in with the other tools and allowed to curl up into all sorts of shapes, but should be kept in some flat place. A good way to keep the cloths is to have two pieces of wood between which the cloths may be kept and held there by means of a strap. The length of time which a wiping cloth can be used depends a great deal upon its making and upon the care which is given it.
When the cloth isn't in use, don’t toss it in with the other tools where it can get all wrinkled and misshaped; instead, store it flat. A great way to organize the cloths is to use two pieces of wood to hold them, secured with a strap. How long a wiping cloth lasts depends a lot on how it’s made and how well it’s taken care of.
CHAPTER V
Cleaning and Prepping Joints
When the writer first started to carry the tools for a plumber and to prepare joints for wiping, the remark was often heard that joint wiping would soon be a thing of the past. I have heard this many times since from many different sources. Personally, I fail to see the passing of the wiped joint. More lead pipe is being made today than ever before, which goes to show that lead pipe is being used and the only successful way of joining is with the wiped joint. Some plumbers' helpers of today seem to think that joint wiping is of no account. To a certain extent, I can sympathize with them. Most of these boys are learning a trade in large cities and working for concerns that do nothing but a large contracting business. This large work is carried on differently from the small work. Wrought-iron or steel pipes are used to a great extent in this work and a very small amount of lead is used. Sometimes the job will be completed without the use of lead. The boy who works continually on this kind of work soon comes to think that lead pipes are no longer in use. The writer has found that a boy who has learned to do nothing but screw-pipe work is absolutely lost and cannot perform the duties of a plumber, other than screw-pipe work. It must be borne in mind that lead pipe and cast-iron pipe work are being used today in all parts of the country and in some parts more than in others. Therefore, the boy must grasp all branches of the trade that he has chosen to follow and not be a one-sided man. Joint wiping belongs to the plumber alone. The plumbing trade differs from all other trades in that it has[28] joint wiping for its distinctive feature.
When the writer first started carrying plumbing tools and preparing joints for wiping, people often claimed that joint wiping would soon be obsolete. I've heard this many times from various sources. Personally, I don't see wiped joints disappearing anytime soon. More lead pipe is being produced now than ever, which shows that lead pipe is still in use, and the only reliable way to join it is with wiped joints. Some plumbing apprentices today seem to think joint wiping is irrelevant. I can somewhat understand their perspective. Most of these guys are learning the trade in big cities and working for companies focused solely on large contracting jobs. These big projects are handled differently than smaller ones, using wrought-iron or steel pipes predominantly, with very little lead involved. Sometimes, a job is completed without any lead at all. An apprentice who constantly works on this type of project might start believing that lead pipes are outdated. The writer has found that an apprentice who only knows how to work with screw-pipe construction is completely lost and can't perform any plumbing tasks beyond that. It's important to remember that lead pipe and cast-iron pipe work are still used all over the country, although some places use them more than others. Therefore, an apprentice must learn all aspects of the trade they’ve chosen and not just specialize in one area. Joint wiping is a skill unique to plumbers. The plumbing trade is distinct from others because it features joint wiping as a key characteristic.
A few attempts at joint wiping will convince the beginner that it is not the easiest thing in the world to learn. Let me caution the beginner not to get discouraged. He must have patience and a firm resolve to master the art of joint wiping and not let it master him and keep him back.
A few tries at joint wiping will show the beginner that it's not the easiest skill to learn. I want to encourage beginners not to get discouraged. They need to have patience and a strong determination to master the art of joint wiping and not let it control them or hold them back.
So, as we now start on exercises of joint wiping, let the beginner constantly keep in mind that all boys must become perfectly skilled in the art of joint wiping before they can be considered plumbers. Keep in mind also that the examination that one must take to get a plumber's license contains an actual exercise in joint wiping. The one word of advice is not to get discouraged. Continued practice is the only way to success.
So, as we begin practicing joint wiping, beginners should remember that all aspiring plumbers need to master this skill before they can be considered professionals. Also, don't forget that the plumber's licensing exam includes a practical joint wiping exercise. The key advice is to not get discouraged. Consistent practice is the only path to success.
The soldering iron is, or should be, conquered by this time. As joint wiping is the next exercise, I shall go over a few general points that experience has taught me and cannot fail to be of assistance to the beginner if they are heeded. In fact, to become proficient, the beginner should remember all the points suggested under this heading. It is necessary in wiping to have good solder. In the chapter on solder, I have given the correct mixtures and how to recognize the proper mixtures. The place where wiping is to be done should be considered. No draught should be allowed to blow across the work as it tends to chill the solder and pipe. Proper support for the work should be procured. If gasoline is to be used for fuel to heat the solder, make sure that the tank is full before starting, otherwise the fire may go out just when the heat is needed most and the solder in the pot has become too cool to wipe with. Have a catch pan and keep all the solder droppings to put back into the pot, otherwise the solder will pile up and the fingers are likely to be pushed into the pile and badly burned. Hold the ladle about 2 inches above the work, the catch cloth about 1 inches below. Do not drop the solder in the same[29] place. Keep moving the ladle. Do not pour the solder on the pipe in a steady stream, but drop it on. It is not a large amount of solder that is wanted on the joint at first, it is heat that is needed. This can be secured better by dropping the solder on than by pouring a large quantity on the pipe. The edges of the joint cool very quickly; therefore heat the edges well and keep them covered with molten solder until the joint is ready to wipe. When preparing joints for wiping, always do the work thoroughly and fit the pieces together tightly so that no solder can get through.
The soldering iron should be mastered by now. As joint wiping is the next task, I’ll cover some general tips that experience has taught me, which will definitely help beginners if followed. To get good at this, beginners should keep in mind all the suggestions listed here. It's important to have quality solder for wiping. In the section about solder, I've explained the right mixtures and how to identify them. You should also think about where you'll be wiping the joint. No drafts should blow across your work, as they can cool the solder and the pipe. Make sure you have proper support for your work. If you're using gasoline to heat the solder, ensure the tank is full before you begin, or the fire might go out when you need it most, and the solder could cool down too much to wipe. Use a catch pan to collect any solder drippings to put back into the pot; otherwise, the solder will accumulate, and your fingers could end up in it and get burned. Hold the ladle about 2 inches above the work and the catch cloth about 1 inch below. Don’t drop the solder in the same spot; keep moving the ladle. Instead of pouring the solder continuously on the pipe, drop it on. You don’t need a lot of solder on the joint at first; it's heat that’s essential. Dropping the solder is a better way to maintain the heat than pouring a large amount onto the pipe. The edges of the joint cool down quickly, so heat them well and keep them covered with molten solder until you're ready to wipe the joint. When getting joints ready for wiping, always work carefully and fit the pieces tightly together so no solder can leak through.
Points to Remember.—
Key Takeaways.—
- First, good solder.
- Second, place of wiping.
- Third, support.
- Fourth, full tank of gasoline.
- Fifth, drip pan.
- Sixth, ladle 2 inches above the work.
- Seventh, cloth 1 inches below the work.
- Eighth, move the ladle continually.
- Ninth, drop the solder.
- Tenth, heat, not solder wanted at first.
- Eleventh, heat the edges.
- Twelfth, careful preparation.
- Thirteenth, clean grease from the pipe.
- Fourteenth, cut clean straight edges on paper.
HALF-INCH ROUND WIPED JOINT
Preparation.—Take 12 inches of 1⁄2-inch strong lead pipe and square off the ends with a rasp. Take the shave hook and scrape the center of the pipe perfectly bright; a space 3 inches each side of the center is correct. The size of the joint when completed should be 21⁄2 inches long. If we should undertake to wipe the joint with the pipe in the[30] present condition, the solder would adhere to all the pipe that was shaved bright. Therefore, we take a piece of paper sufficient to encircle the pipe twice and after putting paste on one side of the paper wrap it around the pipe so that the edge that is cut straight and even is 11⁄4 inches from the center of the pipe. Another piece of paper is pasted on the other side of the center leaving a clean, bright space of 21⁄2 inches. All the pipe should be covered with paper except the 21⁄2 inches in the center.
Preparation.—Take 12 inches of 1⁄2-inch strong lead pipe and smooth the ends with a rasp. Use the shave hook to scrape the center of the pipe until it’s perfectly bright; 3 inches on each side of the center is ideal. The size of the completed joint should be 21⁄2 inches long. If we attempt to wipe the joint with the pipe in the[30] current condition, the solder will stick to all the pipe that has been shaved bright. So, we take a piece of paper long enough to wrap around the pipe twice, and after applying paste on one side, we wrap it around the pipe so that the straight and even cut edge is 11⁄4 inches from the center of the pipe. Another piece of paper is pasted on the other side of the center, leaving a clean, bright area of 21⁄2 inches. All of the pipe should be covered with paper except for the 21⁄2 inches in the center.
To Put the Pipe in Position for Wiping.—The most practical way is to take two common red bricks with the 2 by 8 face down and place them 9 inches apart. Lay the pipe on the bricks and place a weight on each end. The solder will drop on to the bench, so it is best to place a piece of paper or a pan of black iron under the pipe to catch the solder that drops. The pan or paper can then be taken up and the solder put back into the pot without waste. A cast-iron[31] pot holding 15 pounds of solder is then placed on the furnace. When the solder has melted and has reached 500° it is ready for use. This can best be determined by putting a piece of paper in the solder. If the paper scorches, the solder is at the right heat; if the paper catches fire, it is too hot.
To Position the Pipe for Wiping.—The easiest way is to take two standard red bricks with the 2 by 8 side down and place them 9 inches apart. Set the pipe on the bricks and put a weight on each end. Solder will drop onto the bench, so it’s best to place a piece of paper or a pan made of black iron underneath the pipe to catch the falling solder. You can then lift the pan or paper and return the solder back into the pot without wasting any. A cast-iron[31] pot that holds 15 pounds of solder is then set on the furnace. Once the solder has melted and reached 500°, it’s ready to use. You can check this by placing a piece of paper in the solder. If the paper scorches, the solder is at the right temperature; if the paper catches fire, it’s too hot.
Now take a 3-inch ladle and heat it over the fire and then dip it into the solder and skim off any dross that may have collected.
Now take a 3-inch ladle, heat it over the fire, and then dip it into the solder to remove any dross that may have gathered.
Wiping.—With the ladle full of solder in the right hand and the large cloth or the catch cloth in the left hand, begin to drop the solder on the joint. The cloth should catch all the solder as it falls off the pipe. If hot solder is held against the bottom of the pipe, it is heated to the proper heat. Always begin to drop the solder on the paper edges, then drop the solder on the joint itself. Bear in mind that the solder should not be poured on, but dropped on slowly. After the first few drops do not drop the solder directly on to the lead pipe but on to the solder previously put on the pipe. This will save the pipe from burning through. The pipe must be the same heat as the solder before the proper heat is obtained for good wiping. The beginner should practice dropping the solder on the joint, catching the solder and working it around the pipe. By doing this, one becomes familiar with the feeling of hot solder, which is the secret of successful wiping. When the solder works easily around the pipe, drop the ladle and take the smaller wiping cloth in the right hand and with both cloths draw all the solder on top of the pipe. With fingers on the corners of both cloths, clean off the left-hand edge and with the right hand draw the surplus solder across to the right-hand edge. Next, clean the right-hand edge of the joint pushing the surplus solder onto the cloth in the right hand. Work this solder on to the bottom of the joint. Now discard the catch cloth. Holding the wiping cloth with the index[32] fingers on lower opposite corners, shape the under and front side of the joint. With the middle fingers on opposite lower corners of the cloth shape the back and top. Keep the index and middle fingers on the edge of the cloth and the edge of the cloth on the edge of the joint. This position together with the size and shape of the cloth will give the joint the desired form and appearance. Particular attention is called to the position of the fingers as shown in the figure.
Wiping.—With the ladle full of solder in your right hand and a large cloth or catch cloth in your left hand, start to drop the solder onto the joint. The cloth should catch all the solder as it drips off the pipe. If you hold hot solder against the bottom of the pipe, it will heat up to the right temperature. Always start by dropping the solder on the paper edges, then drop it on the joint itself. Remember that solder should be dropped slowly, not poured. After the initial drops, don’t drop the solder directly onto the lead pipe, but rather onto the solder that’s already on the pipe. This will prevent the pipe from burning through. The pipe needs to be the same temperature as the solder to achieve the right heat for effective wiping. Beginners should practice dropping solder onto the joint, catching the solder, and working it around the pipe. This will help you get familiar with the feel of hot solder, which is key to successful wiping. When the solder moves easily around the pipe, drop the ladle and grab the smaller wiping cloth with your right hand. Use both cloths to pull all the solder to the top of the pipe. With your fingers on the corners of both cloths, clean off the left edge, then use your right hand to pull the excess solder to the right edge. Next, clean the right edge of the joint by pushing the extra solder onto the cloth in your right hand. Work this solder onto the bottom of the joint. Now get rid of the catch cloth. Holding the wiping cloth with your index fingers on the lower opposite corners, shape the underside and front side of the joint. With your middle fingers on the opposite lower corners of the cloth, shape the back and top. Keep your index and middle fingers on the edge of the cloth and align it with the edge of the joint. This positioning, along with the size and shape of the cloth, will help you achieve the desired form and appearance for the joint. Pay special attention to the finger positions as shown in the figure.
The last wipe should be a quick stroke coming off of joint on a tangent. If the solder is at right heat, the cloth will not leave a noticeable mark. If, however, the solder is too cold, a ragged edge will result. Sometimes a cross wipe is made for the last stroke and a good finish obtained.
The final wipe should be a quick swipe coming off the joint at an angle. If the solder is at the right temperature, the cloth won’t leave a visible mark. However, if the solder is too cool, it will create a rough edge. Sometimes, a cross wipe is used for the last stroke to achieve a good finish.
Points to Remember.—
Key Takeaways.—
- First, width of the joint, 21⁄2 inches.
- Second, allow no soil or paste to get on the joint.
- Third, a 3-inch ladle should be used.
- Fourth, 500° is the working heat of solder.
- Fifth, paper test for solder heat.
- Sixth, position of wiping cloths.
- Seventh, do not drop solder on the lead pipe.
- Eighth, hold the ladle 2 inches above the pipe.
- Ninth, wipe the edges of the joint first.
- Tenth, wipe and shape the joint quickly.
The above procedure of wiping will be found to work out very easily if followed closely. Do not pour the hot solder onto the cloth as the cloth will burn through and soon be useless. A little more oil should be put on the cloth after using it for awhile. The cloth should be turned around and the opposite side also used. The cloth will last considerably longer if sides are changed frequently. The solder should not accumulate on the pan, but should be continually put back into the pot. The "metal," as solder is sometimes called, should never be allowed to become[33] red hot.
The wiping process described above works really well if you follow it closely. Don’t pour the hot solder onto the cloth, as it will burn through and quickly become useless. You should add a little more oil to the cloth after using it for a while. Make sure to flip the cloth over and use the other side too. The cloth will last a lot longer if you change sides frequently. The solder shouldn't build up in the pan; it should continuously be returned to the pot. The “metal,” which is what solder is sometimes called, should never be allowed to get red hot.[33]
The above method of preparing pipe is suggested for beginners only and will be found to be a great help to them. In actual practice the joint must be prepared differently. The method used in trade is as follows:
The method above for preparing the pipe is recommended for beginners only and will be very helpful for them. In real-world practice, the joint needs to be prepared differently. The method used in the industry is as follows:
The joint is used to join two pieces of lead pipe. Take two pieces and rasp the four ends square. With the tap borer clean out the end of one pipe a trifle, then with the turn pin enlarge this end just a little as shown in the figure. Then rasp the edge off about 1⁄8 inch as shown. Take the other piece of pipe and rasp one end as was done in the cup joint, making it fit into the first piece. Then place the two ends together and with the bending iron beat the pipe, making the joint as tight as possible.
The joint is used to connect two pieces of lead pipe. Take two pieces and file the ends square. Use the tap borer to clean out the end of one pipe slightly, then with the turn pin, expand this end just a bit as shown in the figure. Next, file off the edge about 1⁄8 inch as shown. Take the other piece of pipe and file one end as was done in the cup joint, making it fit into the first piece. Then bring the two ends together and with the bending iron, hammer the pipe, making the joint as tight as possible.
ROUND JOINT—45° TO RIGHT
The next position in which the beginner is to wipe a joint is on an angle of 45° to the right.
The next position for the beginner to wipe a joint is at a 45° angle to the right.
Preparation.—To prepare this joint, proceed as in the horizontal round joint. I will enumerate a few of these points. A piece 12 inches long of 1⁄2-inch pipe is cut off and the ends squared. A strip in the center, 6 inches long, is shaved clean. Paper and paste are put over the pipe except 21⁄2 inches in the center. Grease can be put on the pipe in between the pieces of paper and will keep the lead from oxidizing.
Preparation.—To prepare this joint, follow the steps for the horizontal round joint. Here are some key points. Cut a piece of 1⁄2-inch pipe to a length of 12 inches and square the ends. Carefully shave a 6-inch long strip in the center. Cover the pipe with paper and paste, leaving a 21⁄2-inch section in the center exposed. You can apply grease on the pipe between the pieces of paper to prevent the lead from oxidizing.
Placing Pipe in Position.—There is no need of an elaborate system of holding the pipe in position. Take a red brick and place the 4 by 8 face down. This will do for the bottom pipe. For the top of pipe to rest on, place two bricks one above the other; this will give the correct position. Place the pipe on the brick and with a ladle full of half molten solder pour a clamp of solder over the end of the pipe. This will hold the pipe firm for wiping. Place a[34] catch pan under the joint for solder to fall in.
Setting the Pipe in Place.—You don't need a complicated system to hold the pipe in place. Grab a red brick and lay the 4 by 8 side down. This will serve as the base for the bottom pipe. For the top of the pipe, stack two bricks one on top of the other; this will ensure the proper position. Put the pipe on the brick, and with a ladle full of half-melted solder, pour a bead of solder at the end of the pipe. This will keep the pipe secure for wiping. Place a [34] catch pan underneath the joint to collect any solder that falls.
Wiping.—The method of wiping this joint is practically the same as wiping the horizontal joint. The catch cloth should be held parallel with the bench tilting a little from front toward the back. The ladle is held the same and solder is dropped on as before. The ladle should be continually moving while dropping solder, not allowing the solder to drop twice in the same place. When the solder has been worked around the pipe and is at working heat, the solder is drawn up with both cloths and the top edge wiped first, then the bottom edge; the surplus solder is put on the underside of the joint, and then with three or four wipes the joint is made symmetrical and finished.
Wiping.—The wiping method for this joint is pretty much the same as for the horizontal joint. Hold the catch cloth parallel to the bench, tilting it slightly from front to back. The ladle is held the same way, and solder is dropped on as before. Keep the ladle moving while you drop the solder, making sure not to let the solder land in the same spot twice. Once the solder has been worked around the pipe and is at the right temperature, lift it with both cloths, starting with the top edge, then moving to the bottom edge. Any extra solder goes on the underside of the joint, and with three or four wipes, the joint is made even and finished.
Things to Remember.—
Things to Keep in Mind.—
- First, prepare like the horizontal joint.
- Second, use brick to place in position.
- Third, hold tools as in horizontal joint.
- Fourth, top edge cools first, therefore, wipe it first.
- Fifth, hold the wiping cloth at an angle of 45° when wiping, with fingers placed as noted in previous joint.
- Sixth, make solder clamp for holding the pipe.
ROUND JOINT 45°—LEFT
When the preceding joint is well mastered and a number of good joints have been wiped, turn the pipe on an angle of 45° to the left.
When you've mastered the previous joint and cleaned up several good joints, turn the pipe at a 45° angle to the left.
Preparation.—The preparation for this joint is exactly the same as for the horizontal joint. The beginner should turn back and read carefully concerning the perfection of the joint. Bear in mind that the pipe must be correctly prepared or a good joint cannot be made. The edge of the paper must be cut not torn.
Preparation.—The preparation for this joint is exactly the same as for the horizontal joint. The beginner should go back and read carefully about how to perfect the joint. Keep in mind that the pipe must be properly prepared, or a good joint won't be possible. The edge of the paper must be cut, not torn.
Placing Pipe in Position.—This pipe can be placed in position the same as the preceding one. If heavy weights are placed on the ends of the pipe, a bad habit may be[35] formed by the one learning to wipe. That is, the habit of pressing hard on the joint when wiping. In the preceding joint, if the beginner presses too hard, the pipe will fall off the bricks.
Placing Pipe in Position.—This pipe can be set up just like the previous one. If heavy weights are set on the ends of the pipe, the person learning to wipe may develop a bad habit. Specifically, they might get into the habit of pressing too hard on the joint while wiping. In the earlier joint, if the beginner pushes down too hard, the pipe will fall off the bricks.
Wiping.—Proceed as described for previous joints. The top edge must be favored a little. The hot solder will run down to the bottom edge; therefore less solder should be dropped on it than on the top edge. When the solder is at the proper heat for wiping it requires only a light touch to wipe the joint. If it appears necessary to press hard on the joint to wipe off surplus solder, it shows that the solder is not at the correct wiping heat.
Wiping.—Follow the same steps as for the earlier joints. You should lean slightly towards the top edge. The hot solder will flow down to the bottom edge, so use less solder there than on the top edge. When the solder reaches the right temperature for wiping, a gentle touch is all that's needed to smooth the joint. If you need to press down hard to remove excess solder, it means the solder isn't at the correct temperature for wiping.
ROUND JOINT—VERTICAL
Preparation.—This joint can be prepared exactly like the preceding one. In fact, the same piece of pipe can be used throughout. When preparing this joint the end that is to be on the bottom should be well covered with paper.
Preparation.—This joint can be prepared just like the previous one. In fact, you can use the same piece of pipe throughout. When getting this joint ready, the end that will be on the bottom should be well covered with paper.
Placing in Position.—The best way to hold this joint in position for wiping is to stand the pipe upright on one end with the pan underneath. A piece of furring strip should be run from the top of the pipe to the wall. Secure the strip to the wall and drive a nail through the strip into the bore of the pipe. Place a weight on top of the strip and the pipe is ready.
Getting It in Place.—The easiest way to keep this joint steady for wiping is to stand the pipe upright on one end with a pan underneath. You should attach a furring strip from the top of the pipe to the wall. Fasten the strip to the wall and drive a nail through the strip into the pipe. Add a weight on top of the strip, and then the pipe is ready.
Wiping.—The procedure of wiping this joint is entirely different from that in the other positions. The solder is thrown onto the joint from the ladle. The catch cloth is held up to the pipe and as much solder as possible is held on to the pipe. Move the ladle around the joint, throwing a little solder on as the ladle is moved. Notice now that all the solder runs to the bottom edge, leaving the top edge cold. The solder that accumulates on the bottom edge should be drawn up to the top edge with the cloth. Then[36] splash more solder on to the top edge and as the solder runs down the pipe catch it with the cloth and draw it up again. The solder can be worked around and up and down the joint, but always keep the top edge covered with hot solder. The solder is likely to drop off the joint entirely unless watched closely. When the correct heat is obtained, drop the ladle. Take the wiping cloth in the right hand and with the fingers spread, clean off the top edge quickly, then shape the joint with the one cloth. With a little practice you will gain this knack. The joint can then be wiped. The left hand can steady the pipe. Spread the index finger and third finger to opposite sides of the cloth and wipe around the joint.
Wiping.—Wiping this joint is completely different from the other methods. The solder is poured onto the joint from the ladle. Hold the catch cloth up to the pipe, catching as much solder as you can. Move the ladle around the joint, adding a little solder as you go. You'll notice that most of the solder settles at the bottom edge, leaving the top edge cold. Use the cloth to pull the solder from the bottom edge up to the top edge. Then[36]splash more solder on the top edge and catch it with the cloth as it runs down the pipe, pulling it back up again. You can work the solder around and up and down the joint, but make sure the top edge is always covered with hot solder. If you're not careful, the solder might fall off the joint. Once you have the right heat, drop the ladle. Take the wiping cloth in your right hand, fingers spread, and quickly clean off the top edge, then shape the joint with the cloth. With a bit of practice, you'll get the hang of it. You can then wipe the joint. Use your left hand to steady the pipe, spreading your index finger and third finger to opposite sides of the cloth as you wipe around the joint.
CHAPTER VI
Preparing and Cleaning Joints (Continued)
TWO-INCH BRASS FERRULE
Materials.—The beginner should continue wiping the vertical round joint until he is able to obtain a symmetrical bulb. A joint should be wiped in each of the foregoing positions for exhibition purposes, so that the beginner can have before him the best work and strive to make the next joint better. This next joint, the 2-inch brass ferrule, is wiped in an upright position. The materials necessary are the 2-inch brass ferrule, 6 inches of 2-inch light lead pipe, paste and paper, 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 solder, rosin, wiping solder, catch pan, and supports.
Materials.—The beginner should keep cleaning the vertical round joint until they can create a symmetrical bulb. A joint should be cleaned in each of the previous positions for display purposes, so the beginner can see the best work and aim to make the next joint even better. The next joint, the 2-inch brass ferrule, is cleaned in an upright position. The materials needed are the 2-inch brass ferrule, 6 inches of 2-inch light lead pipe, paste and paper, 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 solder, rosin, wiping solder, catch pan, and supports.
Tools Required.—The tools necessary for this work are as follows: the saw, rasp, drift plug, dresser, file, soldering iron, bending irons, wiping cloths, shave hook, and ladle.
Tools Required.—The tools needed for this work are as follows: the saw, rasp, drift plug, dresser, file, soldering iron, bending irons, wiping cloths, shave hook, and ladle.
Preparation.—The lead pipe must be fitted into the brass ferrule. The brass ferrule has to be tinned first. To do[38] this, proceed as follows: file the ferrule for about 2 inches on the tapered end. Do not file too deep, but just enough to expose the pure bright metal. Now measure from the small end 11⁄4 inches down toward the beaded end. From this point to the bead, cover the brass with paste and paper. No paste must get on the 11⁄4-in. filed end. This end should not be touched with the fingers. If paste gets on it, the process of filing must be done over again as the solder will not stick where there is paste. If the brass ferrule is filed while the paper is on the brass, the filing will destroy the straight edge of the paper and an even joint cannot be made. It would therefore be necessary to re-paper the brass. Take some powdered rosin and cover the filed end of the ferrule with molten solder using the rosin as a flux. Do not dip the end of the ferrule into the hot wiping solder to tin it or pour wiping solder on the brass ferrule. This method of tinning the ferrule will spoil the wiping solder. Always use the soldering iron to tin the ferrule as explained above. A little practice will develop the use of the iron in the hands of the beginner so that this tinning process will be done very rapidly. The iron should be put on to heat when the paper is being pasted on the brass; the iron will then be ready for use when needed.
Preparation.—The lead pipe needs to be fitted into the brass ferrule. First, you have to tin the brass ferrule. To do this, follow these steps: file about 2 inches of the tapered end of the ferrule. Don’t file too deep—just enough to expose the shiny metal. Next, measure 11⁄4 inches down from the small end toward the beaded end. From this point to the bead, cover the brass with paste and paper. Be careful not to get any paste on the 11⁄4-inch filed end. This end should not be touched with your fingers. If paste gets on it, you’ll have to file it again because the solder won’t stick where there’s paste. If you file the brass while the paper is on it, the filing will mess up the straight edge of the paper, and you won’t be able to make an even joint. So, you’d need to re-paper the brass. Take some powdered rosin and cover the filed end of the ferrule with molten solder, using the rosin as a flux. Don’t dip the end of the ferrule into hot wiping solder to tin it, or pour wiping solder on the brass ferrule. This method will ruin the wiping solder. Always use the soldering iron to tin the ferrule as described above. With a bit of practice, beginners will quickly get the hang of using the iron for the tinning process. Heat the iron while you’re pasting the paper on the brass, so it’ll be ready when you need it.
Preparing the Lead.—The ends of the lead pipe must be squared with the rasp. All kinks and dents are taken out by using the drift plug and driving it through the pipe. Take a piece of smooth pine stick and start to beat in the end of the lead pipe to fit the brass ferrule. The pipe should be beaten in starting about 3⁄4 inches from the end. It should be beaten in very slowly until it fits the ferrule. The pipe is held in the hand all the time and considerable time should be spent on this as it is the first time the beating in of lead pipe has been called for. The knack of doing this comes only by slow and continued practice. The lead must be "humored" into shape and not "driven" into shape.[39] The end of the pipe is tapered still more by rasping off the end. About 3⁄4 inch should extend into the brass ferrule. With the bending irons, the lead extending into the brass ferrule is beaten against the inside wall of the ferrule. A good way to do this is to wedge the lead pipe in as much as possible at first, then lay the work flat on the bench, in which position it is more easily worked. The sketch should be thoroughly studied and each notation be perfectly understood, before proceeding with the work. Now that the lead pipe is perfectly fitted into place, it is prepared for wiping. The joint overall will be 21⁄2 inches. As we have already allowed 11⁄4 inches on the brass ferrule for the joint, the lead will have to be cleaned that much more. With the shave hook, shave the end of the pipe that has been fitted into the brass ferrule. A space about 4 inches should be cleaned. This will give a cleaned surface free from dirt and grease for the paste and paper to adhere to. Next paste the paper in place. The lead pipe can be entirely covered, or 3 or 4 inches only, above the 11⁄4 inches allowed for the joint. The space between the paper on the brass and the paper on the lead should now be 21⁄2 inches. The paste and paper should now be allowed to dry.
Preparing the Lead.—The ends of the lead pipe need to be squared off using a rasp. Remove all kinks and dents by using a drift plug and pushing it through the pipe. Take a smooth piece of pine and start to gently tap the end of the lead pipe to fit the brass ferrule. Begin beating it in about 3⁄4 inches from the end. Do this slowly until it fits snugly into the ferrule. Hold the pipe in your hand the entire time, spending a fair amount of time on this step since it's the first time you're fitting the lead pipe. Mastering this technique comes with slow and consistent practice. You need to "humor" the lead into shape rather than "drive" it into shape.[39] The end of the pipe is further tapered by rasping it down. About 3⁄4 inches should extend into the brass ferrule. Using bending irons, beat the lead that extends into the brass ferrule against its inner wall. A good approach is to wedge the lead pipe in as much as possible at first, then lay the work flat on the bench, where it can be worked more easily. Study the sketch thoroughly and ensure you understand all the notes before continuing with the work. Now that the lead pipe is perfectly fitted into place, it's ready for wiping. The overall joint will be 21⁄2 inches. Since we've already allocated 11⁄4 inches on the brass ferrule for the joint, you’ll need to clean that much more of the lead. Use the shave hook to clean the end of the pipe that fits into the brass ferrule, clearing about 4 inches. This clean surface should be free from dirt and grease, allowing the paste and paper to stick properly. Next, paste the paper into place. The lead pipe can be covered entirely, or just 3 to 4 inches above the 11⁄4 inches allocated for the joint. The gap between the paper on the brass and the paper on the lead should now be 21⁄2 inches. Allow the paste and paper to dry.
Supporting the Pipe.—This joint is wiped with the ferrule down on the bench. A flat pan is laid on the bench and the ferrule stood upon it. A weight on top of the lead pipe is all that is necessary. If this does not make the pipe rigid enough for the beginner, then a support similar to the round vertical joint support can be used. The beginner is advised, however, to practice the wiping of this joint with only the weight to hold it in position. The beginner will then be required to wipe the joint while the solder is hot, when it does not require a heavy pressure against the solder to wipe it in shape. These wiped joints should be supported in place near the furnace that heats the solder so that the solder will be handy for[40] wiping.
Supporting the Pipe.—This joint is wiped with the ferrule down on the workbench. A flat pan is placed on the bench, and the ferrule is positioned on it. A weight on top of the lead pipe is all that's needed. If this doesn't make the pipe stable enough for a beginner, a support like the round vertical joint support can be used. However, beginners are encouraged to practice wiping this joint using just the weight to hold it in place. They will then need to wipe the joint while the solder is hot, as it doesn't require heavy pressure against the solder to shape it. These wiped joints should be kept close to the furnace that heats the solder so that the solder is readily available for [40] wiping.
Wiping.—Wiping this joint brings in some of the methods of the round vertical joint. If that joint was thoroughly mastered, this joint will be wiped considerably more easily. The ladle is held in the right hand and the solder splashed on the joint. The catch cloth is held in the left hand and some of the solder is caught and brought up on the top edge. The top edge cools quickly as all the hot solder runs down to the bottom edge and into the pan. As the solder accumulates on the bottom edge, it is drawn up on the top edge, and in this manner the top edge is kept hot. When the solder can be worked freely around the pipe and the edges are hot, the joint is ready to wipe. The ladle is laid down and the wiping cloth is taken in the right hand and the top edge of the joint cleaned on one side. Then the wiping cloth is changed to the left hand and the other side of the top edge is cleaned. Holding the cloth in one hand with the index and the third fingers spread to the outside corners of the cloth, the cloth is passed around the joint quickly. To get an even and symmetrical joint, it is necessary to make two or three passes around the joint holding the cloth first in the right and then in the left hand. The free hand is used to steady the work. This joint should be wiped very slim to allow room for the caulking irons to pass by it and get into the hub of the pipe. Constant wiping on the brass ferrule will[41] result in the tinning on the brass ferrule coming off. The ferrule will look black when this happens and will thus be recognized. The wiping should then be stopped and the ferrule filed and tinned in the same manner as it was done at first.
Wiping.—Wiping this joint incorporates some of the techniques used for the round vertical joint. If you have mastered that joint, wiping this one will be much easier. Hold the ladle in your right hand and splash solder onto the joint. With your left hand, hold the catch cloth to catch some of the solder and bring it up to the top edge. The top edge cools quickly as the hot solder runs down to the bottom edge and into the pan. As the solder builds up on the bottom edge, pull it up to the top edge, keeping the top edge hot. When the solder can be easily moved around the pipe and the edges are hot, the joint is ready to be wiped. Set the ladle down, then take the wiping cloth in your right hand and clean one side of the top edge of the joint. Next, switch the wiping cloth to your left hand and clean the other side of the top edge. With the cloth in one hand, use your index and third fingers to spread it out towards the outer corners, quickly pass the cloth around the joint. To achieve an even and symmetrical joint, make two or three passes around the joint, switching the cloth from your right to your left hand. Use your free hand to steady the work. This joint should be wiped very thin to make space for the caulking irons to pass and fit into the hub of the pipe. Continuous wiping on the brass ferrule will[41] cause the tinning on the brass ferrule to come off. When that happens, the ferrule will appear black and you’ll know it’s time to stop wiping and file the ferrule, tinning it just like before.
Points to Remember.—
Key Takeaways.—
- First, material—6 inches of 2-inch light lead pipe and one 2-inch brass ferrule.
- Second, tin ferrule, using soldering iron.
- Third, use a soft pine stick for a dresser.
- Fourth, fit the lead into the ferrule.
- Fifth, clean and paper the lead.
- Sixth, secure the pipe into position.
- Seventh, using the catch cloth and ladle, splash solder on the joint.
- Eighth, keep the top edge covered with solder.
- Ninth, wipe the top edge first.
- Tenth, shape and finish wiping with a few strokes.
- Eleventh, tools used.
- Twelfth, wipe a slim joint.
- Thirteenth, steady the work with the free hand.
- Fourteenth, re-tin the ferrule, if necessary.
FOUR-INCH BRASS FERRULE
The 4-inch brass ferrule joint is the same as the 2-inch, except for size. The materials needed for this joint are 6 inches of 4-inch, 8-pound lead pipe, and one 4-inch brass ferrule, one full pot of solder, some paste and paper, rosin, and 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 solder.
The 4-inch brass ferrule joint is identical to the 2-inch one, except for size. The materials required for this joint are 6 inches of 4-inch, 8-pound lead pipe, one 4-inch brass ferrule, one full pot of solder, some paste and paper, rosin, and 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 solder.
Tools Necessary.—The tools required for this joint are as follows: saw, rasp, file, ladle, soldering iron, dresser, bending irons, shave hook, and wiping cloths.
Tools Necessary.—The tools needed for this joint are as follows: saw, rasp, file, ladle, soldering iron, dresser, bending irons, shave hook, and wiping cloths.
Preparation.—Lead Pipe.—With the saw cut off 6 inches of 4-inch lead pipe. This pipe comes in lengths and should[42] be for this work about 8 pounds to the foot in weight. The pipe may be dented badly, but these dents can be taken out as follows: Take a piece of 2-inch iron pipe and put it in a vise. The lead pipe can be slipped over this iron pipe and any dents taken out easily by beating with the dresser. One end of the lead pipe is beaten with the dresser until it fits into the ferrule. The end is then rasped a little. Then, after the brass ferrule has been tinned, the pipe is fitted into it and beaten out against the inside wall of the brass ferrule and a tight joint is made. The lead is next cleaned with the shave hook and paper is pasted on as explained under the 2-inch brass ferrule, the description of which should now be read over.
Preparation.—Lead Pipe.—Using a saw, cut off 6 inches of 4-inch lead pipe. This pipe comes in lengths and should[42] weigh about 8 pounds per foot for this task. The pipe may be quite dented, but you can remove these dents as follows: Take a piece of 2-inch iron pipe and secure it in a vise. The lead pipe can be slipped over this iron pipe, and you can easily remove any dents by hammering with a dresser. One end of the lead pipe is hammered with the dresser until it fits into the ferrule. The end is then slightly rasped. After the brass ferrule has been tinned, the pipe is fitted into it and hammered against the inside wall of the brass ferrule to create a tight joint. The lead is then cleaned with the shave hook, and paper is pasted on as explained under the 2-inch brass ferrule, which you should now review.
Brass Ferrule.—The first thing to do with the brass ferrule is to file the end that is to be wiped. When the brass ferrule is filed, it should be done away from any part of the room where the filings are likely to get into the solder. After the filing has been done, paper is pasted on all of it except the part that is to be tinned and no paste must get on to this part of the ferrule. If any paste does get on to it, the filing will have to be done over again. When using paste and paper, neatness must be cultivated, or paste will be spread over parts of the pipe that are supposed not to have any paste on them. Next, take the soldering iron and heat it. Take some rosin and put it on the exposed part of the ferrule. With the hot soldering iron[43] proceed to tin the brass ferrule, as explained before, with 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 solder, using rosin as a flux. Now the lead pipe that has previously been prepared is fitted into the ferrule.
Brass Ferrule.—The first step with the brass ferrule is to file the end that will be wiped. When filing the brass ferrule, make sure to do it away from any area of the room where the filings might end up in the solder. After filing, cover all parts with paper except for the area that will be tinned, ensuring that no paste gets on that section of the ferrule. If any paste does get on it, you'll need to file it again. When using paste and paper, keep things neat, or the paste will spread to parts of the pipe that shouldn't have any. Next, heat the soldering iron. Take some rosin and apply it to the exposed part of the ferrule. With the hot soldering iron[43], tin the brass ferrule as explained earlier, using 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 solder, with rosin acting as a flux. Now, fit the prepared lead pipe into the ferrule.
Supporting.—Set the brass ferrule on a catch pan. The lead pipe is upright. A weight placed on top of the lead pipe will steady the pipe for wiping. When the joint is wiped the free hand can hold the pipe if the weight is not sufficient to support it.
Supporting.—Place the brass ferrule on a catch pan. The lead pipe should be standing upright. Putting a weight on top of the lead pipe will help keep it steady for wiping. When you're wiping the joint, you can use your free hand to hold the pipe if the weight isn't heavy enough to support it.
Wiping.—Splash the solder on the joint from the ladle, in the same manner as was employed in the two preceding joints. To get the proper heat on the 4-inch joint a little more speed is necessary, also the constant working of the solder around the pipe. The ladle is constantly moved around the pipe so that all parts of the pipe will be evenly heated and come into contact with the hot solder direct from the ladle. When the solder works freely around the pipe and the top edge is hot, the joint is shaped by holding the wiping cloth in the right hand, with the index and the middle fingers spread to the opposite corners of the cloth. The fingers are placed one on the top edge and one on the bottom edge. The cloth is then passed around the joint as far as possible. Then the cloth is taken in the left hand, with the fingers spread, and passed around the rest of the joint. If the solder does not take the shape of the cloth readily, then the solder is not at the right heat. This joint should be wiped very slim to allow room for the caulking tools. When this joint is once started, it should not be left until it has been wiped, otherwise a[44] large amount of solder will accumulate on the joint and will be hard to get off.
Wiping.—Pour the solder onto the joint from the ladle, just like you did with the previous two joints. To get the right heat on the 4-inch joint, you need to move a bit faster and keep the solder working around the pipe. The ladle should be moved around the pipe constantly to ensure all parts are heated evenly and make direct contact with the hot solder from the ladle. When the solder flows freely around the pipe and the top edge is hot, shape the joint by holding the wiping cloth in your right hand, spreading your index and middle fingers to the opposite corners of the cloth. One finger goes on the top edge and one on the bottom edge. Then, wrap the cloth around the joint as much as you can. Next, take the cloth in your left hand, with your fingers spread, and wrap it around the rest of the joint. If the solder doesn’t easily take the shape of the cloth, it means it’s not hot enough. This joint should be wiped very thin to leave space for the caulking tools. Once you start this joint, don’t leave it until it’s been wiped; otherwise, a[44] lot of solder will build up on the joint and will be tricky to remove.
Points to Remember.—
Key Takeaways.—
- First, material.
- Second, tools.
- Third, tin ferrule.
- Fourth, use the dresser to fit the lead into the ferrule.
- Fifth, clean the lead with the shave hook, and paper.
- Sixth, use the catch cloth and ladle.
- Seventh, keep the top edge covered with hot solder.
- Eighth, wipe the top edge first.
- Ninth, make a slim joint.
- Tenth, steady the work with the free hand.
STOP COCK
Materials Required.—The materials used for this joint are as follows: two pieces of 5⁄8-inch extra strong lead pipe 9 inches long, each; one 1⁄2-inch plug stop cock for lead pipe; paste and paper; solder; 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 solder; rosin; catch pan and supports.
Materials Required.—The materials needed for this joint are as follows: two pieces of 5⁄8-inch heavy-duty lead pipe, each 9 inches long; one 1⁄2-inch plug stop cock for lead pipe; paste and paper; solder; 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 solder; rosin; a catch pan and supports.
Tools Necessary.—The tools necessary for this job are as follows: saw, rasp, file, turn plug, shave hook, bending irons, hammer, ladle, soldering iron, and wiping cloths.
Tools Necessary.—The tools needed for this job are as follows: saw, rasp, file, turn plug, shave hook, bending irons, hammer, ladle, soldering iron, and wiping cloths.
Preparation.—There are two joints to be wiped on this job and the stop cock is supported only by the rigid fitting of the lead pipe. Therefore the preparation must be thoroughly done. The brass stop will be prepared first.
Preparation.—There are two joints that need to be cleaned for this job, and the shut-off valve is held in place only by the solid connection of the lead pipe. So, the preparation must be done carefully. The brass shut-off valve will be prepared first.
Brass.—The two ends of the stop cock are filed bright,[45] then papered and tinned. This operation is the same, only on a smaller scale, as the tinning of the 2-inch and the 4-inch brass ferrule. The paper is pasted over the entire stop cock, except the two ends, which are tinned for about 11⁄4 inches.
Brass.—The two ends of the stopcock are polished shiny,[45] then covered with paper and coated with tin. This process is essentially the same, just on a smaller scale, as the tinning of the 2-inch and 4-inch brass ferrules. The paper is applied over the entire stopcock, leaving the two ends, which are tinned for about 11⁄4 inches, exposed.
Lead Pipe.—After the lead pipe has been cut off from the coil, the ends are squared with the rasp. One end of each piece is reamed out a little with the tap borer and spread a trifle with the turn pin. With the rasp, take off the outside edge of the end that has been spread. The sketch will show this and give the angle at which the edge is to be rasped. The stop cock is now fitted into the lead pipe. The brass should enter at least 1⁄4 inch, then the lead is beaten against the brass until a tight joint is made. The other end of the brass stop is fitted into the other piece of the lead pipe and a perfect fit is made. The fitting of these two joints must be rigid as upon them depends the stability of the joint support. When these ends of the lead pipe have been fitted, the pipe is cleaned with the shave hook and paper is pasted on, allowing 11⁄2 inches for the joint. Both pieces of pipe are prepared at the same time as both ends are wiped at the same time.
Lead Pipe.—After cutting the lead pipe from the coil, square the ends with a rasp. Ream out one end of each piece slightly with the tap borer and spread it a bit with the turn pin. Use the rasp to smooth the outside edge of the spread end. The sketch will illustrate this and indicate the angle for rasping the edge. Now, fit the stop cock into the lead pipe. The brass should go in at least 1⁄4 inch, then pound the lead against the brass until a tight joint forms. Fit the other end of the brass stop into the other piece of lead pipe and ensure a perfect fit. These two joints must be secure as their strength supports the entire connection. Once the ends of the lead pipe are fitted, clean the pipe with a shave hook and apply paper, leaving 11⁄2 inches for the joint. Prepare both pieces of pipe simultaneously, as both ends are wiped at the same time.
Supporting.—The three pieces of pipe should be so wedged together that they will not fall apart when put in position for wiping. The bricks for supporting the pipe are placed the same as in the support of the horizontal round joint. The lead pipe ends are laid on the bricks. This brings the stop cock in the center without any support. If it were not for the substantial fit between it and the lead pipe, it would not stay in place. Solder straps can be put over each end of the lead pipe. Weights can be used to advantage.
Supporting.—The three sections of pipe should be tightly fitted together so they won't come apart when positioned for wiping. The bricks supporting the pipe are arranged just like in the support of the horizontal round joint. The ends of the lead pipe rest on the bricks. This centers the stop cock without any additional support. Without the secure fit between it and the lead pipe, it wouldn't stay in place. Solder straps can be placed over each end of the lead pipe. Weights can also be helpful.
Wiping.—When getting the heat up for these joints, pour the solder over the two joints and over the stop cock. This gets the heat properly distributed, so that both joints[46] can be wiped while the brass stop is heated. Get the proper heat up on one joint and then the other. Come back to the first joint and wipe it and then the second one. Both joints should be wiped so as to have the same shape. The novice will experience some trouble when wiping this joint in getting the brass edge hot. Heating up the two joints together will in a large degree offset this trouble. Some mechanics take out the lever handle stop to lessen the amount of brass to heat. This is never done by a good mechanic as the two pieces will never fit together again and make a tight joint. If the plug is left in place, both the plug and body will expand equally and the pieces will fit perfectly. When wiping is started on these joints, the beginner must stay at it continually. When the brass is heated, the finished wiping can be tried over and over again. If this way is not followed, the beginner will find that most of his time will be spent trying to get a heat on the brass.
Wiping.—When heating up these joints, pour solder over both joints and the stop cock. This helps distribute the heat evenly, so both joints[46] can be wiped while the brass stop is heated. Get the right heat on one joint, then the other. Return to the first joint to wipe it, and then do the second one. Both joints should be wiped to have the same shape. Beginners might struggle with getting the brass edge hot while wiping this joint. Heating the two joints together largely reduces this issue. Some technicians remove the lever handle stop to reduce the brass area that needs heating. A good mechanic never does this, as the two pieces won't fit together properly again to form a tight joint. If the plug stays in place, both the plug and body will expand equally, ensuring a perfect fit. When starting to wipe these joints, beginners must keep at it continuously. Once the brass is heated, they can attempt the finished wipe repeatedly. If this approach isn't followed, beginners will spend most of their time trying to heat the brass.
BRANCH JOINT
Materials Needed.—The materials necessary to complete this job are as follows: 12 inches of 5⁄8-inch extra strong lead pipe for the run; 6 inches of 1⁄2-inch extra strong lead pipe for the branch; paste and paper, and solder.
Materials Needed.—The materials required to finish this job are as follows: 12 inches of 5⁄8-inch extra strong lead pipe for the run; 6 inches of 1⁄2-inch extra strong lead pipe for the branch; paste and paper, and solder.
Tools Necessary.—The tools necessary for this job are the saw, bending irons, rasp, tap borer, ladle, wiping cloths, and the shave hook.
Tools Necessary.—The tools needed for this job are the saw, bending irons, rasp, tap borer, ladle, wiping cloths, and the shave hook.
Preparation.—The preparation of this joint requires[47] the skill of the beginner more than any of the preceding joints. The tapping of the 5⁄8 pipe for the branch connection, pasting and cutting the paper, require the utmost care and precision. The 5⁄8-inch pipe is tapped with the tap borer in the center. The tap borer is used by grasping the handle firmly and putting the cutting point on the mark and then pressing down on the handle. This forces the point into the lead. Now turn the tool and a piece of lead will be bored out. Continue this operation and a hole will very soon appear in the lead. A hole just large enough to allow the bending irons to enter is made. The opening of the hole is completed with the[48] bending iron, working the lead back slowly into place. Do not attempt to drive the lead back around the hole with a few strokes. One bending iron is inserted and this iron is struck with another iron or hammer. After a number of strokes the opening will be of sufficient size. The bent end of iron is inserted into the hole and the bent part enters the bore of the pipe. This iron is struck in such a way as to force the lead around the hole up, rather than back. Now with the straight end of irons open the sides. When the wall of pipe has been driven up a little the hole can be enlarged by driving back the lead. This procedure will form a collar around the hole to steady the branch pipe. Good workmanship will result in having a good substantial collar around the opening. The branch should now be fitted. Clean the pipe with the shave hook for about 2 inches on each side of the opening. With compasses set at 11⁄8 inches, mark off a space on each side of the branch on the run, or on the 5⁄8-inch pipe. On the sides of the pipe the two lines should be joined with an even and symmetrical curve. A good way to make this curve is with the shave hook. Now take a folded piece of paper and cut out the shape of one-half of the joint, then open the fold and the entire ellipse will be made. When this paper is cut, a sharp knife is used, otherwise a ragged edge will be made and a good finish of joint is impossible. The paper is now pasted and put on the pipe. The surplus paste on the edge of the paper should be wiped off with the fingers before the paper is put on the pipe. This prevents any paste squeezing out on the joint. The branch is now taken and perfectly fitted into the run. The end is cleaned with the shave hook and paper is pasted on the pipe, leaving 11⁄8 inches of cleaned surface for wiping. The paste and the paper should now be allowed to dry. The position for wiping this joint is to have the run horizontal and the branch on an angle of 45° pointing away from the wiper. Figure[49] 30 will bring out the above explanation very vividly.
Preparation.—Preparing this joint requires[47] more skill from a beginner than any of the previous joints. Tapping the 5⁄8 pipe for the branch connection, applying and cutting the paper, demand extreme care and precision. The 5⁄8-inch pipe is tapped with the tap borer in the center. To use the tap borer, hold the handle firmly, place the cutting point on the mark, and press down on the handle. This drives the point into the lead. Then, twist the tool, and a piece of lead will be removed. Continue this process, and a hole will soon appear in the lead. A hole just big enough for the bending irons to fit through is created. The hole is finished with the[48] bending iron, gently pushing the lead back into place. Don't try to force the lead back around the hole with just a few hits. One bending iron is inserted, and this iron is struck with another iron or hammer. After several strikes, the opening will be large enough. The bent end of the iron goes into the hole, and the bent part enters the bore of the pipe. Strike this iron in a way that pushes the lead around the hole up, rather than back. Now, use the straight end of the irons to open the sides. When the pipe's wall is pushed up a bit, the hole can be widened by pushing the lead back. This creates a collar around the hole to support the branch pipe. Good workmanship will result in a solid collar around the opening. The branch should now be fitted. Clean the pipe with the shave hook for about 2 inches on each side of the opening. With compasses set at 11⁄8 inches, mark a space on each side of the branch on the run, or on the 5⁄8-inch pipe. The two lines on the pipe should be connected with a smooth and symmetrical curve. A good way to create this curve is with the shave hook. Next, take a folded piece of paper and cut out the shape of one-half of the joint, then unfold it to create the full ellipse. When cutting the paper, use a sharp knife, or else the edge will be jagged and it will be impossible to get a good finish on the joint. The paper is now pasted and placed on the pipe. Any excess paste on the edge of the paper should be wiped away with your fingers before applying it to the pipe. This prevents any paste from squeezing out onto the joint. The branch is now taken and perfectly fitted into the run. Clean the end with the shave hook and paste paper on the pipe, leaving 11⁄8 inches of clean surface for wiping. Let the paste and the paper dry. The ideal position for wiping this joint is to have the run horizontal and the branch angled at 45° pointing away from the wiper. Figure[49] 30 will visualize the above explanation clearly.
Supporting.—The run of this joint is laid flat on the table and the branch inserted in its proper place. With one hand hold it in place, with the other, use the bending iron, tap the collar on the run against the branch, wedging it in place good and strong so that no solder can leak through. If the branch is tapered with the rasp as shown the joint can be made very tight. The run of the pipe is now laid on two bricks as was done with the horizontal joint. The branch is laid over on a pile of bricks or wood at an angle of 45°. The best way to secure this joint is to pour some half-molten solder on the ends of pipe and brick, making a solder clamp. This branch does not need any clamp or weight if it is properly entered into the run. A strap of solder can be run over the end of pipe if found necessary. Place the catch pan under the joint and then the pipe will be ready to wipe.
Supporting.—Lay the straight pipe on the table and insert the branch in its correct position. Hold it in place with one hand while using the bending iron in the other. Tap the collar on the straight pipe against the branch to secure it tightly so that no solder leaks through. If the branch is tapered with a rasp as shown, it can create a very tight joint. The straight pipe is now balanced on two bricks like with the horizontal joint. Position the branch over a pile of bricks or wood at a 45° angle. The best way to secure this joint is by pouring some half-molten solder on the ends of the pipe and bricks, creating a solder clamp. This branch doesn’t need a clamp or weight if it’s properly fitted into the straight pipe. A strap of solder can be applied over the end of the pipe if needed. Place a catch pan under the joint, and then the pipe will be ready for wiping.
Wiping.—In wiping this joint, the catch cloth is used not only to catch the solder as it drops off from the pipe, but also to hold the hot solder against the pipe to heat the under side of the joint. Test the solder and see if it is the correct heat for wiping. If so, prepare for wiping. After heating the ladle, take some solder in it and proceed to drop the molten solder on the joint. The ladle is moved constantly as the solder is dropped on the run and then on the branch to get the entire joint to the proper heat. As the solder drops off from the joint, it is caught on the catch cloth and brought up on the top of the joint where it is re-melted by dropping hot solder on it. Then the hot solder is held in the cloth against the under side of the joint to get the under side properly heated. The solder is worked around all parts of the joint. When the heat is got up sufficiently and the solder works freely around the joint, the branch cloth is taken and each edge of the joint is wiped clean. Any surplus solder is brought up on top of the joint[50] and then wiped on the catch cloth. This solder is then put on the under side of the joint. With the branch cloth reach way around the joint and wipe each side, bringing the cloth each time to the top and then off the joint. The last wipe is directly across the top, wiping off any surplus solder that may have accumulated from wiping the sides. The difficulty with this joint is in getting the top and bottom to have an equal amount of solder. With a little practice and by watching each motion your faults can be noted and remedied. If the paper starts to come off, it should be re-papered at once. When the joint is finished, it should be left in position until the solder has had time to set and cool, otherwise the branch will break off and considerable time will be lost in correcting the trouble.
Wiping.—When wiping this joint, the catch cloth is used not only to catch the solder as it drips from the pipe but also to hold the hot solder against the pipe to heat the underside of the joint. Test the solder to ensure it’s hot enough for wiping. If it is, get ready to wipe. After heating the ladle, scoop some solder into it and start dropping the molten solder on the joint. Keep the ladle moving while you drop the solder, first on the run and then on the branch, to heat the entire joint properly. As solder drips off the joint, catch it on the catch cloth and bring it back up to the top of the joint where it can be re-melted by dropping hot solder on it. Then, hold the hot solder in the cloth against the underside of the joint to heat it properly. Work the solder around all areas of the joint. Once the heat is sufficiently raised and the solder moves freely around the joint, take the branch cloth and wipe each edge of the joint clean. Any excess solder should be pulled up to the top of the joint[50] and wiped onto the catch cloth. This solder is then applied to the underside of the joint. With the branch cloth, reach around the joint and wipe each side, bringing the cloth to the top each time, then off the joint. The final wipe should go directly across the top, removing any extra solder that may have collected from wiping the sides. The challenge with this joint is ensuring that the top and bottom have an equal amount of solder. With a bit of practice and by paying attention to each movement, you can identify and fix your mistakes. If the paper starts to come off, it should be re-papered immediately. Once finished, the joint should be left in place until the solder has time to set and cool, or else the branch may break off, leading to significant delays in fixing the issue.
Points to Remember.—
Key Takeaways.—
- First, the use of the tap borer.
- Second, the use of the bending irons.
- Third, do not allow the bending irons to touch the inside walls of the pipe when stretching the opening.
- Fourth, secure the branch into the run.
- Fifth, secure the pipes into position for wiping.
- Sixth, spread the heat on the edges and the bottom of the joint.
- Seventh, wipe with the branch cloth.
- Eighth, cut the paper.
- Ninth, mark the outline of the joint.
BRANCH JOINT PLACED FLAT
When the wiper has mastered the branch joint placed at an angle of 45°, he can proceed to wipe the joint placed in the next position, which is flat.
When the wiper has learned how to work with the branch joint set at a 45° angle, he can move on to wipe the joint that is positioned flat next.
Preparation.—The preparation of this joint is identical with the preceding one placed at an angle of 45°. If a new joint is to be prepared, it would be well to pay strict attention[51] to the details, such as keeping the paste on the paper only and having the edge of the paper cut perfectly smooth and even. Before putting on the paper see that the pipe is free from all grease and dirt. The paste and paper will stick better if all the dirt is removed. The branch should be well fitted into the run of the pipe so that no solder will get into the bore of the pipe. The branch should not extend into the run of pipe enough to obstruct the bore of it. If the instructions for preparing the pipe are not carried out as detailed, the wiper will experience some trouble that he may find hard to overcome.
Preparation.—Preparing this joint is the same as for the previous one set at a 45° angle. If you're going to prepare a new joint, it's important to pay close attention to the details, like ensuring the paste stays only on the paper and that the edge of the paper is cut perfectly smooth and even. Before applying the paper, make sure the pipe is free from any grease and dirt. The paste and paper will adhere better if all the dirt is cleaned off. The branch should fit snugly into the run of the pipe so no solder gets inside the pipe. The branch shouldn't extend into the run of the pipe enough to block the bore. If the instructions for preparing the pipe aren't followed as detailed, the wiper will run into some trouble that may be difficult to fix.
Supporting.—The run can be supported on bricks. The branch can be supported on a brick placed at its end the same height as the run. This will bring the joint in the correct flat position. The branch should point away from the wiper. Solder straps can now be poured over the ends of each pipe. If weights are used to hold the pipe firm instead of solder straps, they should be so placed that they will not interfere with the hands when wiping.
Supporting.—The run can be supported on bricks. The branch can be supported on a brick placed at its end at the same height as the run. This will position the joint correctly and flat. The branch should be directed away from the wiper. Solder straps can now be applied over the ends of each pipe. If weights are used to hold the pipe in place instead of solder straps, they should be positioned so they don’t get in the way while wiping.
Wiping.—The wiping of this joint is more difficult as the beginner will experience trouble in heating the bottom and keeping the solder on the bottom. Solder is dropped on the joint and along the pipe so as to bring the pipe to the proper wiping heat. Some solder will accumulate on top of the joint. This is melted off on the catch cloth and this hot solder held against the bottom of the joint. This operation is repeated until the bottom as well as the top of the joint is heated properly. When the solder can be worked freely around the pipe, the branch cloth is taken and each side is wiped from the bottom toward the top. Solder is accumulated on the top where it is wiped off on the catch cloth and put on the bottom of the joint. Now reach way around each side and wipe the edge and body of the joint, a wipe across the top completing the joint. The bottom can be wiped with a cross wipe also if desired. The top and[52] the bottom should be identical. Notice carefully the drawing of this joint and endeavor to have the same lines. The perfecting of these joints comes only with patient practice. The beginner must not get discouraged because of a burn or two. As soon as confidence in oneself has been gained, the possibility of burning the fingers is entirely eliminated.
Wiping.—Wiping this joint is more challenging, as beginners often struggle with heating the bottom and keeping the solder there. Solder is applied to the joint and along the pipe to bring it to the correct wiping temperature. Some solder will collect on top of the joint. This is melted off on the catch cloth and the hot solder is held against the bottom of the joint. This process is repeated until both the bottom and top of the joint are heated properly. When the solder can move freely around the pipe, take the branch cloth and wipe each side from the bottom to the top. Solder gathers on the top, which is wiped off on the catch cloth and then applied to the bottom of the joint. Now reach around each side and wipe the edge and body of the joint, finishing with a wipe across the top. The bottom can also be wiped with a cross wipe if desired. The top and the bottom should match. Pay close attention to the drawing of this joint and try to replicate the same lines. Mastering these joints comes only with consistent practice. Beginners shouldn't get discouraged by a burn or two. Once confidence is built, the chances of burning fingers are greatly reduced.
BRANCH VERTICAL
The materials, tools, and preparation for this joint placed in a vertical position are just the same, practically, as those in the preceding branch joints. One or two points wherein they differ are mentioned below. To rigidly support the joint for wiping, allow the run of the pipe to rest on some bricks as before mentioned, with the branch looking up. Now take a piece of wood and drive a nail through one end of it about 1 inch from the edge. Let this nail enter the bore of the vertical branch. The wood is allowed to rest on the back of the bench or is braced against the wall. Supporting the pipes in this way will allow the wiper perfect freedom. When wiping this joint, splash the solder on from the ladle as on the upright joint. As all the sides of this joint can be seen, it is not a difficult matter to make a perfectly symmetrical solder bulb. When the proper heat is gained, the top edge of the joint is wiped first, then the lower curved edge, using the branch cloth. The body of the joint is then wiped and the joint finished with a cross wipe, if necessary.
The materials, tools, and setup for this joint placed vertically are basically the same as those for the earlier branch joints. One or two differences are noted below. To firmly support the joint for wiping, let the pipe rest on some bricks as mentioned earlier, with the branch facing up. Now take a piece of wood and drive a nail through one end of it about 1 inch from the edge. Insert this nail into the opening of the vertical branch. The wood should rest on the back of the bench or be braced against the wall. This way of supporting the pipes gives the wiper complete freedom. When wiping this joint, pour the solder from the ladle just like for the upright joint. Since all sides of this joint are visible, it’s not too hard to create a perfectly even solder bulb. Once the right heat is reached, start by wiping the top edge of the joint, then the lower curved edge using the branch cloth. Finish by wiping the body of the joint and complete it with a cross wipe if needed.
BRANCH HORIZONTAL
The next position for this joint is to have the branch pipe horizontal and the run vertical. The materials, tools and preparation for this joint are the same as for the preceding ones. The supporting and wiping differ a little.
The next position for this joint is to have the branch pipe horizontal and the run vertical. The materials, tools, and preparation for this joint are the same as for the previous ones. The supporting and wiping are a bit different.
Supporting.—One end of the run is placed on the catch[53] pan. The other end is held in place the same way as the branch was held in the preceding joint. If the pictures of this joint are carefully looked over, the methods employed to hold the pipe will be readily noted. The branch is best held by inserting one end of a bending iron in the bore of the pipe and placing the other end of the iron on a brick built up to the right height. The iron should be weighted to keep the joint from swaying.
Supporting.—One end of the run is placed on the catch[53] pan. The other end is secured in the same way that the branch was secured in the previous joint. If you carefully examine the pictures of this joint, you will easily notice the methods used to hold the pipe. The branch is best supported by inserting one end of a bending iron into the pipe's bore and placing the other end of the iron on a brick raised to the correct height. The iron should be weighted to prevent the joint from moving.
Wiping.—The solder is now dropped on the branch as in the round joint, and splashed on the vertical run as in the upright joint. Sufficient solder is put on the joint to keep the edges covered with hot solder. Solder is worked around the joint until all parts of it are thoroughly heated and the solder works easily, then all the edges are wiped clean. The top half is then wiped evenly and the bottom half wiped to match the top half. A cross wipe in front completes the joint. When this cross wipe is made on any joint, a thick edge of solder must not be left. The edge must be wiped clean. This joint should be wiped first with the branch pointing to the right and then with the branch pointing to the left. It will take the beginner some time to master these branch joints, for not only must they be wiped symmetrically for the sake of appearances, but they must be wiped while the solder is hot to secure a tight joint. A joint that is wiped with solder that is too cold will be porous and will leak when put under pressure. With care the same pipe can be used throughout for all the positions of this branch joint.
Wiping.—Now, the solder is applied to the branch like in the round joint and splashed on the vertical run like in the upright joint. Enough solder is added to the joint to keep the edges covered with hot solder. The solder is worked around the joint until all areas are heated thoroughly and the solder flows easily, then all the edges are wiped clean. The top half is wiped evenly, and the bottom half is wiped to match the top half. A cross wipe in front finishes the joint. When this cross wipe is done on any joint, there shouldn’t be a thick edge of solder left. The edge must be wiped clean. This joint should be wiped first with the branch pointing to the right and then with the branch pointing to the left. Beginners will take some time to master these branch joints, because they need to be wiped symmetrically for appearance and while the solder is hot to ensure a tight joint. A joint wiped with solder that's too cold will be porous and leak under pressure. With care, the same pipe can be used for all positions of this branch joint.
ONE AND ONE-HALF-INCH BRANCH JOINT
Upon the completion of the small sized branch joint in its various angles, the 11⁄2-inch branch joint is to be wiped. This branch joint is wiped in the same positions as the 5⁄8 branch was wiped. The pipe being larger, there is more[54] solder for the wiper to handle, and the edges to keep clean and to wipe are longer.
Upon finishing the small branch joint at its various angles, the 11⁄2-inch branch joint needs to be wiped. This branch joint is wiped in the same locations as the 5⁄8 branch was wiped. Since the pipe is larger, there's more[54] solder for the wiper to manage, and the edges that need to be cleaned and wiped are longer.
Materials Needed.—The materials needed for this job are 12 inches of 11⁄2-inch light lead pipe for the run, and 6 inches of 11⁄2-inch pipe for the branch, paste, paper, solder, and catch pan.
Materials Needed.—The materials needed for this job are 12 inches of 1½-inch light lead pipe for the run, and 6 inches of 1½-inch pipe for the branch, paste, paper, solder, and catch pan.
Tools Needed.—The tools necessary for this job are the saw, rasp, shave hook, bending irons, drift plug, hammer, ladle, wiping cloths, and tap borer.
Tools Needed.—The tools you'll need for this job are the saw, rasp, shave hook, bending irons, drift plug, hammer, ladle, wiping cloths, and tap borer.
Preparation.—To an experienced wiper, the procedure of preparing this joint and wiping it are so near like the 5⁄8-branch joint that a detailed description would be unnecessary; but for the benefit of the beginner, I will repeat the details as they apply to this particular joint and thereby avoid any error. We will take the preparation of the run first. Square the two ends of the pipe with the rasp. Mark off the center of the pipe. With the round part of the rasp, held at right angles with the pipe, proceed to rasp down the crown of pipe where the center mark was made. Do not rasp through the wall of the pipe, but just enough so that the tap borer will enter the pipe with only a slight pressure. With the tap borer, tap a hole large enough for the bending irons to enter. Now proceed to enlarge the hole, first forcing the edges up and then forcing them back, making the hole larger and making a collar around the hole at the same time. Continue to open the pipe until the aperture is large enough for the branch pipe to enter. The bending irons must not come into contact with the inside wall of the pipe, for if they do the inside bore will be marred and be very ragged. As these joints are usually used on waste lines, these ragged places make an ideal place for lint and grease to collect and cause a stoppage. To make the inside of the hole even, a piece of 1⁄2-inch pipe can be used in place of the bending irons. To cut out the oval from a piece of paper to fit the joint, fold the paper and cut out one-half[55] of the oval. Now unfold the paper and the complete oval is obtained. The measurements of the oval are taken from Fig. 30, 11⁄8 inches each side of the branch lengthwise of the run. These two lines are connected with a curved line as shown. This curved line can be made with the shave hook. Take the large edge of the shave hook and roll it along between the lines to be joined. A little practice will perfect one in doing this quickly. The beginner should make a number of these ovals so that he can get them perfect. The graceful appearance of this joint depends upon the neatness with which it is prepared. I do not want the beginner to think that a graceful shape of the joint is all that is to be desired or that it is the most essential point. Further along, perhaps, more vital requirements will be brought out and the beginner will be made acquainted with them.
Preparation.—For someone experienced in welding, preparing and wiping this joint is so similar to the 5⁄8-branch joint that a detailed description isn’t really necessary; but for those just starting out, I’ll go over the specifics as they apply to this joint to prevent any mistakes. Let's start with preparing the run. Square the ends of the pipe using a rasp. Mark the center of the pipe. Using the round part of the rasp held at a right angle to the pipe, rasp down the crown of the pipe at the center mark. Avoid rasping all the way through the pipe wall; just enough for the tap borer to enter with light pressure. Use the tap borer to create a hole large enough for the bending irons to fit in. Then, enlarge the hole by first pushing the edges up and then pushing them back, making the opening larger while also forming a collar around it. Keep widening the pipe until the opening is big enough for the branch pipe to fit inside. Ensure that the bending irons don’t touch the inside wall of the pipe, as this can damage the inner bore, leaving it rough. Since these joints are typically used on waste lines, rough spots make perfect places for lint and grease to gather, leading to clogs. To smooth the inside of the hole, a piece of 1⁄2-inch pipe can be used instead of the bending irons. To cut an oval shape from a piece of paper for the joint, fold the paper and cut out half of the oval. Unfold the paper to get the complete oval shape. The oval measurements are taken from Fig. 30, measuring 1 1⁄8 inches on each side of the branch lengthwise along the run. Connect these two lines with a curved line as shown. You can create this curved line using a shave hook. Take the large edge of the shave hook and roll it along the lines that need to be joined. With a little practice, you'll get the hang of this quickly. Beginners should make several of these ovals to perfect the technique. The visual appeal of this joint relies heavily on how neatly it is prepared. I don’t want beginners to think that just having a nice shape for the joint is the only goal, or that it's the most important aspect. Later on, more critical requirements will be highlighted, and beginners will become familiar with them.
The ends of the 6-inch piece are now squared with the rasp. The edges of one end are rasped off as shown in the sketch, making a wedged fit into the run. This end is then cleaned with the shave hook. Paper is then pasted on to cover the pipe except the 11⁄8 inches cleaned on the end. This cleaned part forms part of the joint, therefore no paste or paper must be put on it. The pipe is now fitted into the run and the collar beaten against it with the bending irons. The run is now cleaned with the shave hook for about 3 inches each side of the center. The paper oval cut out is now pasted on the joint. The paste and paper are then allowed to dry before they are handled further.
The ends of the 6-inch piece are now squared using the rasp. The edges of one end are filed down as shown in the sketch, creating a wedged fit into the run. This end is then cleaned with the shave hook. Paper is then glued on to cover the pipe, except for the 11⁄8 inches that were cleaned on the end. This cleaned area is part of the joint, so no glue or paper should be applied to it. The pipe is now fitted into the run, and the collar is hammered against it using the bending irons. The run is now cleaned with the shave hook for about 3 inches on each side of the center. The paper oval cutout is then glued onto the joint. The glue and paper are allowed to dry before handling further.
Supporting.—The supporting of this joint, which is placed with the branch on an angle of 45° pointing away from the wiper, is not a difficult matter. The beginner can use his own ingenuity for supporting the pipe if conditions do not warrant the using of the methods previously described.
Supporting.—Supporting this joint, which is positioned at a 45° angle away from the wiper, isn't too hard. A beginner can rely on their own creativity to support the pipe if the situation doesn't allow for the methods described earlier.
Wiping.—The solder should now be tested for heat. If[56] the solder is at the proper heat, the ladle is taken and heated. Take a ladle full of solder and drop the solder on the joint. The lead of which this branch joint is made is considerably lighter than any lead that has been used before. Therefore, the beginner must drop the solder on carefully, making sure that the solder is not dropped on the same spot, for a hole can be burned through the pipe very quickly. The ladle must be kept moving, then the solder will not burn through the pipe. The heat is got up on the pipe by dropping the solder on the run and on the branch, catching the surplus solder on the catch cloth and heating the under side of the joint with it. To form the joint, distribute the solder and then wipe it into shape. Notice that I said wipe it into shape. A beginner is very apt to try to push or poke it into shape. This must not be done as it has a tendency to make the joint lumpy. All the edges are wiped off clean first, then the body of the joint is shaped and wiped. When forming the joint, be sure that the bottom and the top are symmetrical. Do not have one-half larger than the other. The last wiping strokes are made swiftly and rapidly. If the wiper will watch his movements and note the results and then try to improve them, keeping in mind that a symmetrical joint is wanted with thin edges, perfection in wiping will come much more quickly than if no attention is paid to the strokes made when wiping.
Wiping.—Now it's time to test the solder for heat. If[56] the solder is at the right temperature, heat up the ladle. Fill the ladle with solder and pour it onto the joint. The lead used for this branch joint is significantly lighter than any lead used previously. Therefore, beginners should be careful to avoid dropping the solder in the same spot, as it can quickly burn through the pipe. Keep the ladle moving to prevent burning through the pipe. The heat is applied to the pipe by pouring solder on the run and on the branch, collecting any excess solder on the catch cloth and using it to heat the underside of the joint. To create the joint, spread the solder and then wipe it into shape. Note that I said wipe it into shape. Beginners often try to push or poke it into shape, which can make the joint uneven. First, ensure all the edges are cleaned off, then shape and wipe the main body of the joint. When forming the joint, make sure the top and bottom are symmetrical; neither side should be larger than the other. The final wiping strokes should be quick and swift. If the wiper pays attention to their movements and the results, and tries to improve them while keeping in mind the goal of a symmetrical joint with thin edges, they will achieve perfection in wiping much faster than if they disregard the techniques used while wiping.
BRANCH JOINT WIPED FLAT
The materials required for this joint do not differ from the preceding one. If the pipe used for the branch joint at a 45° angle is in good shape, it can be used for this joint by simply changing positions. The tools needed will not be any different. The ladle and the wiping cloths, of course will be required. A pair of pliers can be used to advantage in picking up the hot solder. The wiping cloths[57] should receive a little more oil to keep them soft and pliable. Oil the edges of the cloths well.
The materials needed for this joint are the same as the previous one. If the pipe for the branch joint at a 45° angle is in good condition, it can be used for this joint by just changing its position. The required tools won’t be any different either. You’ll need a ladle and wiping cloths, of course. A pair of pliers can be helpful for picking up the hot solder. The wiping cloths[57] should have a bit more oil applied to keep them soft and flexible. Make sure to oil the edges of the cloths well.
Supporting.—To support this pipe for wiping have each end rest on a brick. Each end can be weighted to hold it in place.
Supporting.—To support this pipe for wiping, place each end on a brick. You can add weight to each end to keep it in place.
Wiping.—To wipe this joint, proceed to drop the solder on the joint. When the pipe is thoroughly heated and the solder works freely around the pipe the joint can be wiped. The procedure is like the preceding one. The wiper is cautioned to move the ladle constantly while dropping the solder.
Wiping.—To wipe this joint, start by applying the solder to the joint. When the pipe is heated properly and the solder flows easily around the pipe, the joint can be wiped. The process is similar to the previous one. The wiper should be careful to keep the ladle moving constantly while applying the solder.
BRANCH HELD VERTICAL
After a number of the previous joints have been wiped successfully, the pipe is placed in such a position that the branch will be vertical. The supporting of the pipe to hold the joint in this position for wiping is very easily done after handling the 5⁄8-in. joint in this position. The following points may be found helpful: The solder is splashed on the joint from the ladle. The top edge of the joint is kept hot by keeping the solder covering it. When the proper heat has been got up, the top edge is wiped first, then the bottom edges both front and back. The body of the joint is wiped last and a cross wipe finishes the joint. I have found that the beginner in many cases, when this joint is reached, tries to wipe it with many short strokes. The habit is a bad one and should be stopped as soon as noticed. Learn to wipe the top edge with only two strokes, the bottom edge with not more than four, the body of the joint with four, and one cross wipe to finish. This joint should be finished as symmetrically as possible and wiped while the solder is hot.
After successfully wiping several of the previous joints, position the pipe so that the branch is vertical. Supporting the pipe to hold the joint in this position for wiping is easy after handling the 5⁄8-inch joint this way. The following tips may be helpful: Splash solder on the joint from the ladle. Keep the top edge of the joint hot by maintaining a layer of solder over it. Once you've reached the right heat, wipe the top edge first, then wipe both the front and back bottom edges. Finally, wipe the body of the joint, and a cross wipe will finish it off. I've noticed that beginners often try to wipe this joint with many short strokes. This habit is a bad one and should be corrected as soon as it's noticed. Learn to wipe the top edge with just two strokes, the bottom edge with no more than four, the body of the joint with four, and finish with one cross wipe. This joint should be finished as symmetrically as possible and wiped while the solder is hot.
RUN HELD VERTICALLY
When the vertical branch has been conquered and the wiper can get a good joint every time it is tried, the pipe can be changed to a different position. The run is placed in a vertical position and the branch horizontally to the left. The catch pan is put under the end of the pipe. Follow the same directions for supporting this joint as were given under the 5⁄8-in. branch placed in a similar position. The wiping of this joint is so nearly like the preceding branch joints that I will not give any instructions at all. This joint is finished at the same point that the other branch joints are finished. However, there are one or two matters that should be kept in mind. Some of the small matters are often overlooked and should be called to mind occasionally. Do not allow the solder to accumulate in the pan. If the cloths are burned, they should be turned, or new ones made. If the paper has started to come off from the pipe, new paper should be put on at once. Test the solder occasionally and see that it does not get too hot. Upon completion of the joint in this position, the branch joint in its various positions is finished. The beginner has found out while wiping these various joints a number of points that were not mentioned in my description. No amount of detailed description will make a good joint wiper. Patience and practice are as important in joint wiping as good preparation and good solder.
When the vertical branch has been tackled and the wiper can achieve a solid joint every time, the pipe can be repositioned. The run is set up vertically and the branch horizontally to the left. The catch pan is placed under the end of the pipe. Follow the same instructions for supporting this joint as given under the 5⁄8-inch branch in a similar position. The process of wiping this joint is so similar to the previous branch joints that I won’t provide any further instructions. This joint is completed at the same point as the other branch joints. However, there are a couple of things to keep in mind. Some minor details are often overlooked and should be remembered from time to time. Make sure not to let the solder build up in the pan. If the cloths get burned, they should be flipped or replaced. If the paper starts to peel off the pipe, new paper should be applied immediately. Check the solder occasionally to ensure it doesn’t overheat. Once the joint is finished in this position, the branch joint in all its arrangements is complete. The beginner has discovered several key points while wiping these various joints that weren’t mentioned in my description. No amount of detailed explanation will make one a great joint wiper. Patience and practice are just as crucial in joint wiping as good preparation and quality solder.
Points to Remember.—
Key Takeaways.—
- First, materials—18 inches of 11⁄2-in. lead pipe.
- Second, use of tools.
- Third, keep bending irons away from the wall of the pipe.
- Fourth, make a good collar around the opening.
- Fifth, make a tight fit with branch and run.
- Sixth, hot solder will quickly burn through the lead.
- Seventh, use branch cloth for wiping.
- Eighth, cut out paper for joint even and symmetrical.
BIB
This joint is another brass to lead, and is the last single joint to be wiped in this course of joint wiping.
This joint is another brass to lead, and it's the final single joint to be wiped in this process of joint wiping.
Materials Needed.—The materials required for this joint are as follows: 10 inches of 5⁄8-inch extra strong lead pipe; one 1⁄2-inch brass sink bib for lead pipe; one pot of solder, paste and paper, 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 solder, catch pan, and supports.
Materials Needed.—The materials you need for this joint are: 10 inches of 5⁄8-inch extra strong lead pipe; one 1⁄2-inch brass sink bib for lead pipe; one pot of solder, paste, and paper, 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 solder, catch pan, and supports.
Tools Required.—The tools required for this job are the saw, rasp, tap borer, bending irons, file, ladle, wiping cloths, shave hook, knife and rule, soldering iron.
Tools Required.—The tools needed for this job are a saw, rasp, tap borer, bending irons, file, ladle, wiping cloths, shave hook, knife, ruler, and soldering iron.
Preparation.—To prepare the lead pipe after cutting from the coil and squaring the ends with the rasp is very similar to the 5⁄8-inch branch joint. The center of the pipe is marked and a hole is made in it with the tap borer large enough to admit the bending irons. The hole is enlarged with the irons. A good substantial collar is made around the hole to hold the bib in place. One and one-eighth inches are marked off on each side of the branch and an easy curve connects the two. The paper is then cut out and pasted on the pipe after it has been scraped with the shave hook.
Preparation.—To get the lead pipe ready after cutting it from the coil and leveling the ends with a rasp is quite similar to the 5⁄8-inch branch joint. Mark the center of the pipe and use a tap borer to create a hole that's big enough for the bending irons. Use the irons to widen the hole. A strong collar is created around the hole to secure the bib in place. Measure and mark one and one-eighth inches on either side of the branch, then create a gentle curve connecting the two. Cut out the paper and stick it onto the pipe after scraping it down with a shave hook.
The end of the brass bib is filed bright and tinned with the soldering iron and 1⁄2 and 1⁄2 solder. Before the tinning is done, paper is put on the brass, leaving only 11⁄8 inches exposed. The tinning must be thoroughly done, or it will come off and have to be re-tinned.
The end of the brass bib is smoothed out and coated with solder using a soldering iron and 1/2 and 1/2 solder. Before applying the tin, paper is placed on the brass, leaving only 1 1/8 inches exposed. The tinning has to be done properly, or it will peel off and need to be re-done.
Supporting.—The bib is fitted into the lead opening and the collar is forced against the bib to hold it in place and prevent any solder from leaking through into the bore of the pipe. The bib must not extend too far into the lead pipe[60] or it will obstruct the flow of water. The lead pipe is laid on two bricks the same as the round joint. The bib is laid on an angle of 45° pointing away from the wiper. Some bricks can be piled up to the right height to hold the bib in place and a solder strap can be made to hold it steady. The lead pipe can be held steady by weighting each end. The catch pan is now placed under the joint and everything is ready for wiping.
Supporting.—The bib is inserted into the lead opening and the collar is pressed against the bib to keep it in place and stop any solder from leaking into the pipe's bore. The bib shouldn't stick too far into the lead pipe[60] or it will block water flow. The lead pipe is supported on two bricks just like the round joint. The bib is positioned at a 45° angle facing away from the wiper. You can stack some bricks to the right height to secure the bib in place, and a solder strap can be used to keep it steady. The lead pipe can be stabilized by adding weight to each end. The catch pan is now set under the joint, and everything is ready for wiping.
Wiping.—When the solder is hot, getting the heat on the pipe is started. Solder should be dropped oftener on the brass bib than on the lead pipe. It takes more heat to heat the brass thoroughly than it does the lead. If this is followed out, little difficulty will be had in getting up the heat and in wiping. Use the branch cloth for wiping and make sure that all edges are perfectly cleaned before making the final strokes. As this is the only position that the joint will be wiped in, practice should be continued until perfect joints can be obtained.
Wiping.—When the solder is hot, start applying heat to the pipe. You should apply solder more frequently on the brass bib than on the lead pipe. It requires more heat to thoroughly heat the brass compared to the lead. If you follow this, you won’t have much trouble getting the heat up and wiping. Use the branch cloth for wiping and make sure all edges are completely cleaned before making the final strokes. Since this is the only position in which the joint will be wiped, practice should continue until you can achieve perfect joints.
Points to Remember.—
Key Takeaways.—
- First, materials needed.
- Second, tools needed.
- Third, use tap borer.
- Fourth, enlarge hole with bending irons.
- Fifth, make substantial collar around the opening.
- Sixth, paper the lead.
- Seventh, file the bib, then paper.
- Eighth, tin the bib.
- Ninth, place in position and wipe.
DRUM TRAP
The making of the drum trap will bring out the skill of the beginner. The entire trap is made of lead pipe. The lead will require a great deal of handling. Therefore, care must be exercised in all operations to turn the trap out in a workmanlike manner.
The creation of the drum trap will showcase the beginner's skills. The whole trap is made from lead pipe. Working with lead will need a lot of careful handling. So, caution must be taken during all steps to ensure the trap is made properly.
Materials Needed.—The materials needed to complete this job are: 10 inches of 4-inch 8-pound lead pipe; 18 inches of 11⁄2-inch light lead pipe; paste and paper, support, solder, and catch pan.
Materials Needed.—The materials needed to complete this job are: 10 inches of 4-inch 8-pound lead pipe; 18 inches of 11⁄2-inch light lead pipe; paste and paper, support, solder, and a catch pan.
Tools Needed.—The tools required for this job are: saw, rasp, bending irons, shave hook, bending spring, tap borer, dresser, ladle, drift plug, and wiping cloths.
Tools Needed.—The tools needed for this job are: saw, rasp, bending irons, shave hook, bending spring, tap borer, dresser, ladle, drift plug, and wiping cloths.
Preparing.—Take the 10-inch piece of lead pipe and hold it in one hand, in the other hand take a pine dresser. Strike the lead pipe with the dresser. The pipe is struck about 2 inches from the end and is beaten evenly all around. The pipe is then struck nearer the end until finally the bore of the pipe is almost closed. This closed end should be rounding and symmetrical. To get this shape the pipe must be continually moved and turned. One side must not be forced in more than the other. If there are any dents in the pipe or part of the pipe is forced in too much it may[62] be driven out as follows: Take an old piece of 1⁄2-inch lead pipe and round one end of it with a hammer; this can be used by hitting the inside of the closed end of the drum and forcing out the dents. The rounded end of the trap is not quite closed and a hole about 3⁄4 inch is left. This opening is closed by shaping the edges of it with the knife, making them smooth and beveled. Then a piece of lead is cut out of some scrap, the same shape as the hole and fitted into it. The top surface of this fitted piece should be a little lower than the surface of the pipe. Strike a circle, using the compasses, the center of the circle being the center of the inserted piece of lead. The lead inside of this circle is shaved clean with the shave hook, including the inserted piece. Paper is then pasted outside of the circle and should cover entirely the rest of the pipe. The inserted piece is wiped on the pipe as follows:
Preparing.—Take a 10-inch piece of lead pipe and hold it in one hand, while you take a pine dresser in the other. Strike the lead pipe with the dresser about 2 inches from the end, hitting it evenly all around. Then strike it closer to the end until the bore of the pipe is almost closed. This closed end should be rounded and symmetrical. To achieve this shape, the pipe must be continuously moved and turned. One side shouldn't be pushed in more than the other. If there are any dents in the pipe or if part of the pipe is pushed in too much, it can be fixed as follows: Take an old piece of 1⁄2-inch lead pipe and round one end of it with a hammer; this can be used to hit the inside of the closed end of the drum and push out the dents. The rounded end of the trap is not completely closed and leaves a hole about 3⁄4 inch wide. This opening is closed by shaping the edges with a knife, making them smooth and beveled. Then cut a piece of lead from some scrap material that matches the shape of the hole and fit it in. The top surface of this fitted piece should be slightly lower than the surface of the pipe. Use a compass to strike a circle, with the center of the circle being the center of the inserted piece of lead. The lead inside this circle is trimmed clean using a shave hook, including the inserted piece. Paper is then pasted outside of the circle and should completely cover the rest of the pipe. The inserted piece is wiped on the pipe as follows:
Wiping End.—Stand the 4-in. pipe in a pan with the rounded end of the pipe up. Be sure that the inserted piece is fitted securely. The solder is now dropped on the paper and shaved portion of the pipe. Exercise considerable care not to burn a hole in the pipe. As the hot solder runs off, catch some of it and draw it back on the joint. When the solder can be manipulated freely and the pipe is hot, the joint can be wiped. The cloth is drawn across the joint, cleaning all the edges with one stroke. The joint should be shaped to complete the rounding surface of the pipe. The joint is comparatively easy and will not occupy much time. As soon as it is wiped, cover the solder with paper. This will preserve the freshness of the joint until all wiping is completed.
Wiping End.—Place the 4-inch pipe in a pan with the rounded end facing up. Make sure the piece you inserted is securely fit. Drop solder onto the paper and the shaved area of the pipe. Be very careful not to burn a hole in the pipe. As the hot solder drips off, catch some of it and pull it back onto the joint. When the solder can be moved around freely and the pipe is hot, the joint can be wiped. Pull a cloth across the joint, cleaning all the edges in one motion. The joint should be shaped to match the rounded surface of the pipe. This joint is relatively easy and won’t take much time. Once it’s wiped, cover the solder with paper. This will keep the joint fresh until all wiping is finished.
PREPARING INLET PIPE
After the above joint is completed, the 11⁄2-in. branch inlet pipe is prepared and wiped in place. The center of this branch is marked on the 4-inch pipe and a hole is tapped[63] in the pipe, using the tap borer. A hole large enough to admit the bending irons is made. The hole is enlarged with the bending irons, bending the lead first up, then back. A piece of 1⁄2-inch iron pipe can be used as a tool to finish the opening. The iron pipe is larger in diameter than the bending irons and leaves a more finished surface. The opening is made of sufficient size to admit the rasped end of the 11⁄2-inch pipe. When using the irons to enlarge the opening in the pipe, be sure not to bruise any part of the trap. The 11⁄2-inch pipe is now taken. The ends of this pipe are squared with the rasp. The drift plug is then driven through the pipe to take out any bruises or flattened places. The edge of one end is rasped off to fit the opening made in the 4-inch pipe. The beginner must strive to make a perfect fit. The accuracy with which these preparations are made is what helps in a large degree to bring about a successful job. The next operation is to paper the parts not to be wiped. The sizes of the joint should be followed as shown on the sketch. The pipe is first shaved with the shave hook, after which the paper is pasted on. No paste is allowed to get on the joint proper. The beginner should by this time have formed the habit of being neat with his work. Therefore the getting of paste on the joint surface shows that he is not as neat or as far advanced as he should be.
After finishing the joint above, the 11⁄2-inch branch inlet pipe is readied and wiped in place. The center of this branch is marked on the 4-inch pipe, and a hole is tapped[63] into the pipe using the tap borer. A hole big enough to fit the bending irons is made. The hole is then enlarged with the bending irons, bending the lead first up, then back. A piece of 1⁄2-inch iron pipe can be used as a tool to finish the opening. The iron pipe is wider than the bending irons and provides a smoother finish. The opening is sized to allow the rasped end of the 11⁄2-inch pipe to fit. When using the irons to enlarge the opening in the pipe, make sure not to damage any part of the trap. The 1Below.⁄2-inch pipe is then taken. The ends of this pipe are squared with the rasp. The drift plug is then pushed through the pipe to remove any dents or flattened areas. One end is rasped down to fit the opening made in the 4-inch pipe. A beginner should strive for a perfect fit. The precision in these preparations greatly contributes to a successful job. The next step is to cover the parts that shouldn’t be wiped with paper. Follow the joint sizes as indicated in the sketch. The pipe is first shaved with the shave hook, and then the paper is pasted on. Paste must not get on the joint itself. By this point, the beginner should have developed the habit of keeping his work neat. Getting paste on the joint surface indicates that he isn’t as tidy or as advanced as he should be.
Supporting.—The drum is laid lengthwise on the bench and blocks are put on each side to keep it from rolling, the branch uppermost. The 11⁄2-inch pipe is held in position the same way as the vertical branch was held. The catch pan is put under the drum to catch the surplus solder.
Supporting.—The drum is placed lengthwise on the bench with blocks on each side to prevent it from rolling, with the branch on top. The 11⁄2-inch pipe is held in position just like the vertical branch was. The catch pan is placed under the drum to collect any excess solder.
Wiping.—Splash the solder on the branch pipe, also on the drum. The burning through of the drum is an easy matter. Therefore do not keep dropping the solder on one place, but keep the ladle moving continually. With the catch cloth draw the solder up on the branch covering the[64] top edge of the prepared surface. Splashing the solder on this top edge melts the solder already on and allows it to run down on the 4-inch pipe where it is caught with the cloth and again brought up on the top edge of the branch. When the solder works freely all around the joint, the top edge is wiped clean and even. Then any surplus solder is wiped off. The bottom edge is next wiped clean, after which the body of the joint is wiped into shape, together with both edges. The edges are wiped very thin so that when the paper is removed the outline of the joint stands out very distinctly. A thick edge on a joint gives an unworkmanlike appearance to the work. The joint is finished with a cross wipe.
Wiping.—Splash the solder onto the branch pipe and the drum. It's easy to burn through the drum, so don’t keep dropping the solder in one spot; keep the ladle moving consistently. Use the catch cloth to lift the solder onto the branch, covering the[64] top edge of the prepared surface. Splashing solder on this top edge melts the existing solder and allows it to flow down onto the 4-inch pipe, where it’s caught with the cloth and lifted back up to the top edge of the branch. When the solder flows evenly around the joint, wipe the top edge clean and smooth. Next, wipe the bottom edge clean, then shape the main body of the joint along with both edges. The edges should be wiped very thin so that when the paper is removed, the outline of the joint is clearly defined. A thick edge on a joint looks unprofessional. Finish the joint with a cross wipe.
The other joints are prepared and wiped the same as the one just completed. The 11⁄2-inch branch connection taken out of the bottom of the trap is bent. As this is the first time it has been necessary to bend lead pipe in these jobs, I will cover this operation in detail. The pipe is first straightened and the drift plug driven through it. The pipe is marked where the bend is to be made. The bending spring, size 11⁄2 inches, is put into the pipe, the center of the spring coming about where the bend is to be made. The pipe is then heated where it was marked to be bent. The proper heat for this pipe is just so that the hand cannot stand being laid against it. The pipe is held in the hands and on the end nearest the heat is hit against the floor at an angle. The pipe, with the first blow, will start to bend. With a few more strokes the desired bend will be obtained. The bending spring can now be pulled out. Put a little water in the pipe, then put one end of the spring in the vise, twist the pipe, and the spring will come out when the pipe is pulled away from it. The bending spring holds the pipe cylindrical while it is being bent. Without the spring, the pipe would be badly crushed at the bend and rendered almost unfit for service. Another good way[65] to bend pipe is to plug one end and fill the pipe full of sand, then plug the open end. The pipe is then heated where the bend is to be made. The pipe can then be bent over the knee. When all the joints are wiped, the paper should be taken off and the lead cleaned with sand and water. The trap is now complete except the brass clean-out to be soldered on the top. The inside of the trap should not have any rough edges or drops of solder in it.
The other joints are prepared and wiped the same way as the one just finished. The 1½-inch branch connection taken out of the bottom of the trap is bent. Since this is the first time we need to bend lead pipe in these jobs, I’ll explain this process in detail. First, the pipe is straightened, and a drift plug is pushed through it. The pipe is marked where the bend will be made. The bending spring, sized 1½ inches, is inserted into the pipe, with the center of the spring positioned at the bend mark. The pipe is then heated at the marked area for bending. The right heat for this pipe is enough that you can’t rest your hand against it comfortably. The pipe is held with two hands, and the end closest to the heat is struck against the floor at an angle. The pipe will start to bend with the first hit. With a few more strikes, the desired bend will be achieved. The bending spring can now be removed. Pour a little water into the pipe, then clamp one end of the spring in a vise, twist the pipe, and the spring will come out when you pull the pipe away from it. The bending spring keeps the pipe cylindrical during the bending process. Without the spring, the pipe would crush badly at the bend and become nearly useless. Another effective method to bend pipe is to plug one end and fill the pipe with sand, then plug the open end. The pipe is then heated where the bend is to be made and can be bent over the knee. Once all the joints are wiped, the paper should be removed, and the lead cleaned with sand and water. The trap is now complete except for the brass clean-out that needs to be soldered on top. The inside of the trap should be free of rough edges or solder drops.
There are two other drum traps to be made. The materials needed are the same as for the above trap except for 18 inches more of 11⁄2-inch lead pipe. The support, preparation, and wiping are the same. The beginner by this time should feel very well acquainted with lead and solder. Therefore, the details of these two drum traps can be left for the beginner to work out for himself. The sketches are very distinct and readable and will be of considerable assistance. The beginner should make these traps.
There are two more drum traps to be made. The materials needed are the same as for the previous trap, except for an additional 18 inches of 11⁄2-inch lead pipe. The support, preparation, and wiping procedures are the same. By this point, the beginner should be quite familiar with lead and solder. So, the details of these two drum traps can be left for the beginner to figure out on their own. The sketches are clear and easy to read and will be very helpful. The beginner should create these traps.
Points to be Remembered.—
Key Points to Remember.—
- First, use 4-inch lead pipe, 8 pounds to the foot.
- Second, dresser and spring are new tools. Study their use.
- Third, gradually work the trap into shape with the dresser.[66]
- Fourth, plug the hole with a piece of lead pipe.
- Fifth, prepare and wipe the plugged hole first.
- Sixth, prepare and wipe the 1Below⁄2-inch branches.
- Seventh, special care should be taken to keep the work neat.
- Eighth, two ways of using the bending spring.
- Ninth, wipe thin edges on joints.
- Tenth, do not handle finished work.
- Eleventh, clean and finish the work neatly.
THE PRACTICAL USE OF THE PRECEDING EXERCISES
In the foregoing exercises, I have confined myself to the actual work of making the various joints. Now I will explain the practical use of them.
In the previous exercises, I focused on the actual process of creating the different joints. Now, I will explain their practical applications.
Soldering Iron.—The soldering iron is a tool that is used in work that requires heat to fuse solder and the parts to be united. Every plumber should have at least two irons in his kit.
Soldering Iron.—The soldering iron is a tool used for tasks that need heat to melt solder and bond parts together. Every plumber should have at least two soldering irons in their toolkit.
The Cup Joint.—While the cup joint is not employed to any great extent in modern plumbing, yet it has its use in the installation of some fixtures. Lavatories, bath and toilets are sometimes connected with a short piece of lead on the supply. The tail pieces on the faucets can be soldered on the lead by means of a cup joint. A cup joint well made with a deep cup and the solder well fused is as strong as a wiped joint in a place of this kind. The evil of the cup joint is that some mechanics will only fuse the surface and leave the deep cup only filled with solder and not fused. This makes a tight joint, but extremely weak. On tin-lined pipe and block-tin pipe the cup joint is commonly used. When making a cup joint on block-tin pipe the soldering iron must not touch the pipe and fine solder should be used. When tin-lined pipe is being soldered, the tin lining must not be melted.
The Cup Joint.—Although the cup joint isn’t widely used in modern plumbing, it still has its purpose in installing certain fixtures. Sinks, bathtubs, and toilets are sometimes connected with a short piece of lead for the supply line. The tailpieces on faucets can be soldered to the lead using a cup joint. A well-made cup joint with a deep cup and properly fused solder is as strong as a wiped joint in this type of application. The problem with the cup joint is that some workers will only fuse the surface, leaving the deep cup filled with solder that isn't melted. This creates a tight joint, but it’s extremely weak. The cup joint is commonly used on tin-lined pipes and block-tin pipes. When making a cup joint on block-tin pipe, the soldering iron must not touch the pipe, and fine solder should be used. When soldering tin-lined pipes, the tin lining must not be melted.
Overcast Joint.—The overcast joint is not commonly[67] used, but when there is considerable lead work to do the plumber finds it very handy in places where a wiped joint would take up too much room. We use it for an exercise for the reason that it teaches the beginner very rapidly the use and control of the soldering iron.
Overcast Joint.—The overcast joint isn’t widely used, but when there’s a lot of lead work to tackle, plumbers find it really useful in situations where a wiped joint would take up too much space. We use it as an exercise because it quickly teaches beginners how to use and control the soldering iron.
Wiping Cloths.—The wiping cloths made of whalebone ticking make good, serviceable, and lasting cloths. Oil only should be used to break the cloth in. Moleskin cloths are very good, but they are very hard to get and cost considerably more. A plumber should always keep a good supply of ticking cloths on hand. The cloths are used only for wiping.
Wiping Cloths.—Wiping cloths made from whalebone ticking are effective, practical, and durable. Only oil should be used to prepare the cloth. Moleskin cloths are excellent, but they are difficult to find and are significantly more expensive. A plumber should always have a good supply of ticking cloths available. These cloths are used solely for wiping.
1⁄2-inch Round Joint.—This joint is the one most often required in actual practice. It serves to connect two pieces of lead pipe of the same or different diameters. It is also used to connect lead and other materials of which pipe is made. The workman, when he gets out on the job, finds that his work cannot be supported for wiping in such an easy and convenient position as illustrated in the exercises. It will be necessary to wipe the joint at almost every conceivable angle and position. The workman must employ his ingenuity to overcome any difficulties that may arise. Any draught of air should be avoided as it will make the solder cool quickly.
1⁄2-inch Round Joint.—This joint is the one that's most commonly needed in real situations. It connects two pieces of lead pipe, whether they're the same size or different. It's also used to join lead with other materials that pipes are made from. When the worker gets out on the job, they find that the work can't always be positioned conveniently for wiping, like shown in the exercises. They will have to wipe the joint at almost every possible angle and position. The worker needs to use their creativity to tackle any challenges that come up. Any draft of air should be avoided since it will cause the solder to cool quickly.
2-inch Brass Ferrule.—When it is found necessary to connect cast-iron and lead pipe, it is done by means of a brass ferrule wiped on the lead pipe. This joint is a very common joint and is found on sink, tray, and bath connections, as well as in many other connections that have lead and cast-iron pipes for wastes.
2-inch Brass Ferrule.—When it’s necessary to connect cast-iron and lead pipes, this is done using a brass ferrule that is attached to the lead pipe. This type of joint is very common and can be seen in sink, tray, and bath connections, as well as in many other setups involving lead and cast-iron pipes for drainage.
4-inch Brass Ferrule.—The 4-inch brass ferrule wiped[68] on lead pipe is found under almost every closet. There is generally a piece of lead connecting the toilet with the soil pipe. Therefore, a brass ferrule is wiped on the lead and the ferrule connected with the soil pipe. This joint is also found on rain leader connections near the roof, connecting the gutter with the rain leader stack.
4-inch Brass Ferrule.—The 4-inch brass ferrule that fits over lead pipe can be found under nearly every toilet. Typically, there’s a piece of lead that connects the toilet to the soil pipe. Because of this, a brass ferrule is attached to the lead, and the ferrule connects to the soil pipe. You also find this type of joint on rain leader connections near the roof, linking the gutter to the rain leader stack.
Stop Cock.—When a shut-off is required in a line of lead water pipe, these joints are used. Where it is necessary to joint lead and brass, this joint is required. The art of heat control over the lead and the brass is the essential point in these joints.
Shut-Off Valve.—When a shut-off is needed in a line of lead water pipe, these joints are used. If it’s necessary to connect lead and brass, this joint is required. The ability to control heat when working with lead and brass is the key aspect of these joints.
Branch Joints 5⁄8 and 1⁄2 Inches.—Where it is found necessary to take a branch from a water pipe, this joint is used at the connection. In practice, this joint may have to be wiped in positions that are rather difficult to reach, so the wiping of joints in the positions called for in the exercises is exceedingly good practice.
Branch Joints 5⁄8 and 1⁄2 Inches.—When it's necessary to connect a branch to a water pipe, this joint is used for the connection. In real-life situations, you may need to work on this joint in hard-to-reach spots, so practicing the techniques covered in the exercises is very beneficial.
Branch Joints 1½ Inches.—These joints are very common and are found on waste and vent pipes. They are also found on urinal flush-pipe connections where the branch often is brass and the run lead.
Branch Joints 1½ Inches.—These joints are very common and are found on waste and vent pipes. They are also seen on urinal flush-pipe connections where the branch is often made of brass and the run is lead.
Bib.—When lead supplies are run directly to the bib on a sink, this joint is necessary. It becomes necessary to wipe in a piece of brass for a brass-pipe connection from a lead pipe, in which case this joint is called for.
Bib.—When lead pipes are connected directly to the bib on a sink, this joint is essential. It becomes necessary to solder in a piece of brass for a brass-pipe connection from a lead pipe, in which case this joint is required.
The Drum Trap.—The drum trap is used under sinks, baths, showers, and trays.
The Drum Trap.—The drum trap is used beneath sinks, bathtubs, showers, and trays.
CHAPTER VII
Installing Terra-cotta and Connecting to
Public Sewers. Water Connections to
Main Lines in the Streets
TERRA-COTTA PIPE
One of the first pieces of work which a plumber is called upon to do, when building operations commence, is to run in the terra-cotta sewer from the street sewer into the foundation wall.
One of the first tasks a plumber is called to do when construction starts is to connect the terra-cotta sewer from the street sewer to the foundation wall.
When the street sewer is laid, Y-branches are left every few feet. A record of the branches and their distance from the manhole is kept generally in the Department of Sewers or Public Works. Therefore, the exact measurement of any branch can be obtained and the branch found by digging down to the depth of the sewer. A branch should be chosen[70] so that the pipe can be laid with a pitch, the same way as the main sewer pitches. This can be done by getting the measurements of two of these branches and choosing the one that will serve best. When there is a brick sewer in the street and no branches left out, the sewer must be tapped wherever the house sewer requires it (see Fig. 35).
When the street sewer is installed, Y-branches are left every few feet. A record of the branches and their distances from the manhole is usually kept in the Department of Sewers or Public Works. This means that the exact measurement of any branch can be obtained, and the branch can be found by digging down to the sewer's depth. A branch should be selected[70] so that the pipe can be installed with a slope, just like the main sewer. This can be done by measuring two of these branches and choosing the one that works best. When there is a brick sewer in the street and no branches left out, the sewer must be tapped wherever the house sewer needs it (see Fig. 35).
Digging Trenches.—After the measurements and location of the house sewer and sewer branches are properly located, the digging of the trench is started. The methods employed to dig the trench vary according to the nature of the ground, that is, whether it is sand, rock, or wet ground. A line should be struck from sewer to foundation wall to insure a straight trench.
Digging Trenches.—Once the measurements and locations of the house sewer and sewer branches are accurately marked, the digging of the trench begins. The techniques used to dig the trench depend on the type of ground, whether it’s sandy, rocky, or wet. A line should be drawn from the sewer to the foundation wall to ensure a straight trench.
Sandy Ground.—If the ground is sandy, the sides of the trench will have to be sheathed or planked and the planks braced so as to prevent the bank caving in. As the trench is dug deeper, the planks are driven down. When the trench is very deep, a second row of planking is necessary. The planks must be kept well down to the bottom of the trench and close together, otherwise the sand will run in. It is well to test the planking as progress is made by tamping[71] the sand on the bank side of the planks.
Sandy Ground.—If the ground is sandy, you need to line the sides of the trench with boards and brace them to stop the walls from collapsing. As you dig deeper, drive the boards down further. When the trench is really deep, you'll need a second row of boards. The boards should be kept flush with the bottom of the trench and placed close together; otherwise, the sand will pour in. It's a good idea to check the stability of the boards as you go by packing down the sand on the bank side of the boards.
Gravel.—Where the ground is mostly gravel and well packed, the above method of planking is unnecessary. The bank should have a few stringers and braces to support it. When only a few planks are used the term "corduroy the bank" is used (see Fig. 37).
Gravel.—Where the ground is mainly gravel and well compacted, the method of planking mentioned above isn't needed. The bank should have a few stringers and supports to stabilize it. When only a few planks are used, the phrase "corduroy the bank" is used (see Fig. 37).
Rock.—Where rock is encountered, blasting is resorted to. The plumber should not attempt to handle a job requiring the use of powder. It is dangerous in the hands of a person not used to handling it and the work should be sublet.
Rock.—When rock is found, blasting is used. The plumber shouldn't try to take on a job that requires using explosives. It's risky for someone unfamiliar with handling them, and the work should be subcontracted.
A sketch of the two methods above for planking trenches is given and a little study will make them clear.
A brief overview of the two methods mentioned above for planking trenches is provided, and a little examination will clarify them.
LAYING OF PIPE
The pipe should be laid on the bottom of the trench to a pitch of at least 1⁄4 inch per foot fall. In laying, the start should be made at the street sewer with hubs of pipe toward the building. The trench should be dug within a few inches of the bottom of the pipe, then as the pipe is[72] laid the exact depth is dug out, the surplus dirt being thrown on the pipe already laid. The body length of pipe should be on solid foundation. A space dug out for each hub as shown in Fig. 38 allows for this, also allows for the proper cementing of joints. To get the proper pitch of pipe, take for example 1⁄4 inch per foot, a level 2 feet long with a piece of wood or metal on one end 1⁄2 inch thick will answer. The end with the 1⁄2-inch piece on should be on the lower hub and the other end resting on the hub of the pipe about to be put in place. When the bubble shows level, then the pipe has the 1⁄4-inch fall per foot. If a tile trap is used, it should be laid level, otherwise the seal will be weakened or entirely broken.
The pipe should be placed at the bottom of the trench with a slope of at least 1⁄4 inch per foot. Start by connecting it to the street sewer, positioning the pipe hubs toward the building. The trench needs to be dug just a few inches below the bottom of the pipe, then as the pipe is laid, the exact depth should be dug out, with any excess dirt placed on top of the already laid pipe. The length of the pipe should rest on solid ground. A dug-out space for each hub, as shown in Fig. 38, provides this and allows for proper cementing of the joints. To achieve the correct slope of the pipe, for example, 1⁄4 inch per foot, use a level that is 2 feet long with a piece of wood or metal on one end that is 1⁄2 inch thick. The end with the 1⁄2-inch piece should be on the lower hub, while the other end rests on the hub of the pipe that will be installed next. When the bubble is level, the pipe has the correct 1⁄4-inch slope per foot. If a tile trap is installed, it should be set level; otherwise, the seal may be weakened or completely lost.
Cutting.—The cutting of tile is not difficult, but must be done carefully or the pipe will crack or a piece will be broken out, thus making the pipe worthless. To cut tile or terra-cotta pipe, stand the pipe on end with the hub down, fill the pipe with sand to the point of cutting. With a sharp chisel and hammer cut around the pipe two or three times and the pipe will crack around practically straight.
Cutting.—Cutting tile isn't hard, but it needs to be done carefully to avoid cracking the pipe or breaking off a piece, which would ruin the pipe. To cut tile or terra-cotta pipe, stand the pipe upright with the hub facing down, and fill the pipe with sand up to the cutting point. Using a sharp chisel and hammer, make two or three cuts around the pipe, and it should crack almost perfectly straight.
Cementing.—If the pipe is free from cracks, the only possible way roots can get into the inside of terra-cotta pipe is through the cement joint. There are two ways of making these joints. Both ways are explained below and are used today on terra-cotta work.
Cementing.—If the pipe is free from cracks, the only way roots can enter the inside of terra-cotta pipe is through the cement joint. There are two methods for making these joints. Both methods are explained below and are currently used on terra-cotta work.
-
First.—The bottom of the hub of pipe in place is filled with cement and the straight end of the next piece of pipe is laid in place, then more cement is placed into the hub until[73] the space between the hub and the pipe is filled. In a trench, a trowel is rather unhandy to work with, while the hands can be used to better advantage. The cement can be forced into place with the hands and then surfaced with a trowel. The rest of the operation is to swab out the inside joint to remove any cement that perchance was forced through the joint (see Fig. 39). The cement used should be 1⁄2 cement and 1⁄2 clean sharp sand.
First.—The bottom of the pipe hub is filled with cement, and then the straight end of the next piece of pipe is set in place. More cement is added to the hub until[73] the gap between the hub and the pipe is filled. In a trench, using a trowel can be somewhat awkward, so it’s better to use your hands. You can push the cement into place with your hands and then smooth it over with a trowel. The last step is to clean out the inside joint to remove any cement that may have squeezed through (see Fig. 39). The cement used should be 1⁄2 cement and 1⁄2 clean sharp sand.
Second.—Half of the space between the hub and the pipe is first packed with oakum and then the other half filled with cement of the same proportions as that used above.
Second.—Half of the space between the hub and the pipe is first filled with oakum, and then the other half is filled with cement in the same proportions as used above.
LAYING PIPE IN TUNNELS
If the pipe must be run through a tunnel and there are perhaps three or four joints that cannot be reached, they should be put into place as follows: The pipe should be laid in the trench from the sewer in the street as far as the tunnel, then start at the other end of the tunnel. Lay the first piece of pipe on a board, lengthwise with the board, nail two cleats in the shape of a > (Fig. 40) for the pipe to rest in; push this pipe and board into the tunnel and then[74] cement into its hub a second piece; push the two pieces in 2 feet, cement a third length into the second piece and push the three pieces along 2 feet. A workman can be on the sewer side of the tunnel and receive the end of the pipe as it is pushed through the tunnel, and steer the pipe into the hub. The joints in the tunnel will not be as secure as those outside. This explains how pipe is run through a tunnel.
If the pipe needs to go through a tunnel and there are maybe three or four joints that can't be accessed, here's how to put them in place: The pipe should be laid in the trench from the sewer in the street all the way to the tunnel, then start from the other end of the tunnel. Place the first piece of pipe on a board, parallel to the board, and nail two cleats in the shape of a > (Fig. 40) for the pipe to rest on; push this pipe and board into the tunnel and then[74] cement a second piece into its hub; push the two pieces in 2 feet, cement a third piece into the second piece, and push the three pieces along 2 feet. A worker can stand on the sewer side of the tunnel and guide the end of the pipe as it's pushed through, aligning it into the hub. The joints in the tunnel won't be as secure as those outside. This explains how to run pipe through a tunnel.
Connecting.—The proper method of connecting the house sewer with the street sewer is shown in Fig. 35. The connection should be made above the spring of the arch. The pipe should extend well into the sewer so the sewage will discharge into water and not drop on sides.
Connecting.—The correct way to connect the house sewer to the street sewer is shown in Fig. 35. The connection should be made above the spring of the arch. The pipe should extend far enough into the sewer so that the sewage discharges into the water and doesn't just drop onto the sides.
Inserting.—To insert a tee in a line of pipe already laid, pursue the following method (see Fig. 41): Cut or break out one joint, preserve the bottom of the hub of pipe that is in. Cut away the top of the hub on the pipe to be inserted, then place the pipe in position and turn around until the part of the hub on the piece inserted is on the bottom. The bottom part of the pipes now will have a hub to receive the cement. The top part will have to be cemented carefully, as it is within easy access. This can be done without difficulty.
Inserting.—To add a tee to an existing line of pipe, follow these steps (see Fig. 41): Cut or remove one joint while keeping the bottom of the hub on the existing pipe intact. Trim the top of the hub on the pipe you want to insert, then position the new pipe and rotate it until the hub section of the inserted pipe is facing down. The bottom parts of the pipes will now have a hub to hold the cement. The top part needs to be cemented carefully, as it's easy to reach. This can be done without any issues.
While laying the pipe a stopper is used to prevent the sewer gases and foul odors from escaping. This stopper sometimes is of tile, sometimes a plug of paper or burlap. This stopper is sometimes cemented in by inexperienced[75] men and the trouble created can only be guessed at. If a stopper is used, the workman must see that it is taken out.
While laying the pipe, a stopper is used to stop sewer gases and bad odors from escaping. This stopper can sometimes be made of tile, or it can be a plug of paper or burlap. Sometimes, inexperienced workers cement this stopper in place, and the problems that can arise are hard to imagine. If a stopper is used, the worker must ensure that it is removed.
Refilling.—After the pipe is laid and cemented, it should be covered and allowed to stand 24 hours to give the cement time to harden. The dirt should then be thrown in and settled by means of a tamper or by flooding with water. The planks should not be taken out until the trench is well filled. To pull the plank, a chain or shoe and lever will have to be used. Where the tunnels are, dirt will have to be rammed in with a long rammer, care being taken not to disturb the pipe. If the refill is not well rammed and tamped, the trench will settle and cause a bad depression in the street surface.
Refilling.—After the pipe is installed and sealed with cement, it should be covered and left for 24 hours to allow the cement to set. Then, the dirt should be packed down using a tamper or by soaking it with water. The boards should remain in place until the trench is completely filled. To remove the boards, you’ll need to use a chain or a shoe and lever. In areas with tunnels, dirt must be compacted using a long rammer, being careful not to disturb the pipe. If the refill isn't properly compacted and settled, the trench will sink and create a noticeable dip in the street surface.
Terra-cotta Pipe.—Terra-cotta pipe should be straight, free from fire cracks, and salt-glazed. The inside of the hub and outside of the plain end should not be glazed. This allows the cement to take hold.
Terra-cotta Pipe.—Terra-cotta pipe should be straight, free from fire cracks, and salt-glazed. The inside of the hub and the outside of the plain end should not be glazed. This ensures that the cement can bond effectively.
Standard Terra-cotta Pipe Table
Size | Thickness, inches |
Weight per ft., pounds |
Depth of socket |
Annular space |
---|---|---|---|---|
3 | 1⁄2 | 7 | 11⁄2 | 1⁄4 |
4 | 1⁄2 | 9 | 15⁄8 | 3⁄8 |
5 | 5⁄8 | 12 | 13⁄4 | 3⁄8 |
6 | 5⁄8 | 15 | 17⁄8 | 3⁄8 |
8 | 3⁄4 | 23 | 2 | 3⁄8 |
9 | 13⁄16 | 23 | 2 | 3⁄8 |
10 | 7⁄8 | 35 | 21⁄8 | 3⁄8 |
12 | 1 | 45 | 21⁄4 | 1⁄2 |
15 | 11⁄8 | 60 | 21⁄2 | 1⁄2 |
18 | 11⁄4 | 85 | 23⁄4 | 1⁄2 |
20 | 13⁄8 | 100 | 3 | 1⁄2 |
Terra-cotta pipe should not be permitted in filled-in ground.
Terra-cotta pipes shouldn't be allowed in filled-in ground.
Roots of trees find their way into the pipe through cracks[76] or cement joints. When the roots get inside of the pipe they grow until the pipe is stopped up. As the roots cannot be forced or wired out, the sewer must be relaid. The writer has seen a solid mass of roots 10 feet long taken out of a tile sewer.
Roots of trees can invade pipes through cracks[76] or cement joints. Once the roots are inside the pipe, they continue to grow until it gets clogged. Since the roots can’t be forced or pulled out, the sewer has to be replaced. The author has witnessed a solid mass of roots, 10 feet long, removed from a tile sewer.
In case terra-cotta is laid in filled-in ground, there is only one way to insure the pipe from breaking. The pipe should be laid on planks. Then, if the ground settles, the pipe will not be broken.
If terra-cotta is installed in filled ground, there’s only one way to prevent the pipe from breaking. The pipe should be placed on planks. Then, if the ground settles, the pipe won’t break.
WATER CONNECTION AND SERVICE
Tapping Main.—The water service for a building is put in at the same time as the sewer is connected and run into the house. For a 11⁄4-service pipe a 1⁄2-inch tap is furnished. The water company taps the main, at the expense of the plumber, and inserts a corporation cock.
Tapping Main.—The water service for a building is installed simultaneously with the sewer connection and brought into the house. For a 11⁄4-inch service pipe, a 1⁄2-inch tap is provided. The water company taps the main line, which is paid for by the plumber, and installs a corporation cock.
Digging Trench.—The trench for the water main should be dug at least 41⁄2 feet deep or below frost level and the trench should be kept straight. When the sewer is put in at the same time, one side of the sewer trench can be cut[77] out after it is filled up to the level of the water main. The water pipe can then be laid on this shelf at least 2 feet away from the original trench of sewer. Sometimes the surface of the ground must not be disturbed. In this case small holes are dug and the pipe is pushed through or driven through under that portion not dug. These places are often tunnelled (see Fig. 42).
Digging Trench.—The trench for the water main should be dug at least 41⁄2 feet deep or below frost level, and the trench should be kept straight. When the sewer is installed at the same time, one side of the sewer trench can be cut[77] out after it's filled to the level of the water main. The water pipe can then be laid on this shelf at least 2 feet away from the original sewer trench. Sometimes the surface of the ground must not be disturbed. In this case, small holes are dug, and the pipe is pushed or driven through under the undug portion. These areas are often tunneled (see Fig. 42).
In digging in city streets, care should be taken not to destroy any of the numerous pipes encountered.
In digging in city streets, care should be taken not to damage any of the many pipes found.
LAYING PIPE
The trench should be dug straight out from the house so the pipe can be laid and the main tapped straight out from the building. The water companies keep a record of these taps so that in case of trouble the street can be opened and the water shut off. In laying the water service, the pipe from the curb to the main should be laid first. This takes in all the pipe in the street. At the main there is a shut-off in the tap. Another stop with T or wheel handle must be placed just inside the curb line. This is called a curb cock (see Fig. 43). One trench either outside or inside of the curb should be at least 15 feet long so that a full length of pipe can be laid in the trench. It is generally impossible to open a trench the full length the pipe is to be run. A trench 10 feet long is dug, then 8 feet left, and another 10- or 8-foot trench is dug and the two are connected with a small tunnel and pipe pushed through. When the pipe has been put in place between the curb and main, the water is turned on and the pipe flushed out. The valve at the curb should now be shut off, and if there are any leaks they will show. The street part is now ready to fill in. At this point Fig. 43 should be studied. Note the piece of lead attached to the pipe and corporation cock. This piece of lead should be extra heavy and always laid in place the shape of the letter[78] S or goose neck. In case the street should settle, this piece of lead will allow for it. These "lead connections" or "goose necks" are made as follows: 3 ft. of 5⁄8 lead pipe; 1-inch brass solder nipple (wiped on); one brass corporation cock coupling (wiped on).
The trench should be dug straight out from the house so the pipe can be laid and the main tapped directly from the building. The water companies keep a record of these taps so that if there’s an issue, the street can be opened and the water turned off. When laying the water service, the pipe from the curb to the main should be laid first. This includes all the piping in the street. At the main, there is a shut-off in the tap. Another valve with a T or wheel handle must be installed just inside the curb line. This is called a curb cock (see Fig. 43). One trench, either outside or inside the curb, should be at least 15 feet long so that a full length of pipe can be placed in the trench. It's usually not possible to open a trench the full length of the pipe needed. A trench 10 feet long is dug, then 8 feet is left, and another 10 or 8-foot trench is dug, connecting the two with a small tunnel and pushing the pipe through. Once the pipe has been installed between the curb and the main, the water is turned on and the pipe is flushed out. The valve at the curb should be closed now, and if there are any leaks, they will show. The street portion is now ready to be filled in. At this point, Fig. 43 should be examined. Note the piece of lead attached to the pipe and corporation cock. This piece of lead should be extra heavy and always shaped like the letter S or a goose neck. If the street settles, this piece of lead will accommodate that. These "lead connections" or "goose necks" are made as follows: 3 ft. of 5⁄8 lead pipe; 1-inch brass solder nipple (wiped on); one brass corporation cock coupling (wiped on).
Laying Pipe.—This lead connection can be screwed on the pipe after the pipe is laid, then bent and coupled on the main with the coupling.
Laying Pipe.—This lead connection can be screwed onto the pipe after the pipe is laid, then bent and connected to the main with the coupling.
After the pipe has been tested as far as the curb, the trench in the street can be filled as described later. The pipe from the curb to the building can now be laid. If necessary to push the pipe through a tunnel, the end of the pipe should first be capped. Start by screwing a length in the curb cock. If the other end of the pipe comes in a tunnel an additional length must be put on before putting in place so that an end will come in the open trench. When the building is reached and before the stop cock is put on, the valve at the curb should be opened full and the pipe flushed out. The valve can then be put on and water turned on to test the pipe.
After the pipe has been tested up to the curb, you can fill in the trench in the street as described later. Now, you can lay the pipe from the curb to the building. If you need to push the pipe through a tunnel, make sure to cap the end of the pipe first. Start by screwing in a length at the curb cock. If the other end of the pipe reaches a tunnel, you’ll need to add another length before securing it so that an end is in the open trench. Once you reach the building and before installing the stop cock, open the valve at the curb fully and flush out the pipe. Then, you can put on the valve and turn on the water to test the pipe.
Setting Curb Box.—A cast-iron box, adjustable length, with cover should extend from the curb cock to the surface. This makes it possible with a long rod to control[79] the water service into the building. To set a curb box some flat stones should be laid around the curb cock and the box set on these stones. Then the space around the box and pipe should be closed in with brick or other covering to keep the sand from washing in on the curb cock. The box should be adjusted for height and then held in place by placing the curb key rod in place and holding the rod and box while the trench is filled. The refill should be tamped evenly on all sides of the box.
Setting Curb Box.—A cast-iron box, adjustable in length, with a cover should extend from the curb cock to the surface. This allows for control of the water service into the building using a long rod. To set a curb box, some flat stones should be placed around the curb cock and the box should be set on these stones. Then, the space around the box and pipe should be sealed with bricks or other material to prevent sand from washing in on the curb cock. The box should be adjusted to the right height and then secured by placing the curb key rod in position and holding the rod and box while the trench is filled. The refill should be tamped evenly on all sides of the box.
Refill.—In refilling the trench around the corporation cock and goose neck, the greatest care should be taken. The writer has seen cases when indifferent workmen have tossed heavy stones in the ditch and broken off the corporation cock or destroyed the goose neck. After the pipe is covered with 18 inches of refill and tunnels have been filled, water can be run in the trench and will settle the refill.
Refill.—When refilling the trench around the corporation valve and goose neck, it’s important to be very careful. I’ve seen instances where careless workers have thrown heavy stones into the ditch, which ended up breaking the corporation valve or damaging the goose neck. Once the pipe is covered with 18 inches of refill and the tunnels have been filled, water can be run into the trench to help settle the refill.
There are a number of special points concerning water services and taps at mains that should not be overlooked. Take for example a water service pipe which must be run through ground where electricity is escaping under trolley tracks, around power houses, etc. The electricity will enter the pipe and wherever it leaves the pipe a hole is burned. The surface of the pipe in a short time will be full of small pith marks and will soon leak. A good way to add to the life of the pipe under these conditions is to make a star of copper and solder it on to the pipe in the street. Another piece of copper should be put on the pipe near the building. The electricity will leave the pipe by way of the points on the star. This method may not be a cure for electrolysis, but will add to the life of the pipe. Another method employed is to put the pipe in the center of a square box, then fill the box with hot pitch. When this is hardened the pipe will have a covering that will keep out any moisture and bar electricity to a marked degree.
There are several important aspects of water services and main taps that shouldn’t be ignored. For instance, a water service pipe running through areas with leaking electricity under trolley tracks, around power stations, etc., can be problematic. The electricity can enter the pipe, and wherever it exits, it creates burn holes. In a short time, the pipe's surface will be covered in small pith marks, leading to leaks. A good way to prolong the life of the pipe in these situations is to attach a copper star to the pipe in the street. Another piece of copper should be placed on the pipe near the building. The electricity will exit the pipe through the points on the star. This method may not completely solve the problem of electrolysis, but it will help extend the pipe's lifespan. Another technique used is to place the pipe in the center of a square box and fill the box with hot pitch. Once hardened, this will provide a covering that keeps out moisture and significantly reduces electricity exposure.
Materials Used.—Galvanized steel pipe does not last[80] under ground.
Materials Used.—Galvanized steel pipe doesn’t last[80] underground.
Galvanized iron, heavy lead, and brass are used. Wooden pipes were once used and stood years of service. No service smaller than 11⁄4 should be used.
Galvanized iron, heavy lead, and brass are used. Wooden pipes were once in use and lasted for years. No service smaller than 11⁄4 should be used.
When the water service pipe passes through the foundation wall, the pipe should not be built in, but a small arch should be built over the pipe or a piece of XX cast-iron pipe can be used as a sleeve (Fig. 44).
When the water service pipe goes through the foundation wall, the pipe shouldn't be embedded. Instead, a small arch should be built over the pipe, or a piece of XX cast-iron pipe can be used as a sleeve (Fig. 44).
Points to Remember.—
Key Takeaways.—
Sewer Setup
- First, select good sound pipe and fittings.
- Second, locate branch connection in street sewer.
- Third, lay out run of house sewer.
- Fourth, take out necessary permits from departments of sewer.
- Fifth, dig trench in the street, then into the house.
- Sixth, lay pipe and cement joints.
- Seventh, refill trench, tamping every foot.
- Eighth, cast-iron pipe for sewer is found under another heading.
Water Supply
- First, take out necessary permits.
- Second, list material and deliver to job.
- Third, lay out and dig trench.
- Fourth, have main tapped.
- Fifth, lay pipe to curb and test.
- Sixth, fill in street trench.
- Seventh, lay pipe into building and test.
- Eighth, set curb box.
- Ninth, refill trench.
- Tenth, thoroughly consider any special conditions.
- Street Sewer.—Large pipe in streets to receive all soil and waste from buildings.
- House Sewer.—Conveys sewage from building to street sewer, extends from foundation wall to sewer.
- Street Main.—Water pipe running parallel with the street, belonging to the water company.
- Service Pipe.—Runs from the street main into the building.
- Corporation Cock.—Brass stop tapped into street main.
- Goose Neck.—Lead pipe which connects the street main and service pipe.
- Trench.—Hole dug to receive pipe.
- Main Tapped.—Hole drilled through wall of main and a thread made on it while pressure is on.
- Curb Cock.—Brass shut-off placed at curb.
- Solder Nipple.—Piece of brass pipe with thread on one end and plain on the other end which connects lead and iron.
- Coupling.—Fitting which connects two pieces of pipe.
- Stop Cock.—Brass fitting for stopping flow of water.
- Curb Box.—Iron box extending from curb cock to surface.
- Curb Key.—A long key to fit in side of curb box to operate curb cock.
- Swab.—Stick with ball of rags or paper on one end.
CHAPTER VIII
Installing French Drains or Subsurface Drains
When a building is erected on a site that is wet or springy, some means of carrying off the surplus water in the ground must be provided for, or the basement of the building will be flooded with water. For the thorough understanding of the methods employed in laying a drain of this kind, I will go over it carefully and the beginner can read it and then study it, and understand just how it is done. A site may appear to be dry on the surface of the ground and yet be very wet under the surface. If no information can be had regarding the site, it is always well to drain the site if it is on a slope or near a body of water and on the water shed of a river or lake. If a building is a large one and the foundation goes down very deep, the site should always be drained. The drain is laid under the basement floor and around the outside of the foundation wall on a level with or lower than the basement floor. The value of draining a building site when the building is first started is very often overlooked. The cost of the drain will be saved in a few years as the basement will be free from all excessive dampness. The expense of installing a sub-soil after the building is up and in use is great as well as inconvenient. The drain is called "sub-soil drain" on account of its location under the ground and on account of its duty[83] of taking off all surplus water that is underground. With the surface water taken off by the surface drains and the sub-soil drained by the sub-soil drains, a wet building site can be made practically dry (see Fig. 45).
When a building is put up on a wet or springy site, it’s essential to have a way to remove the excess water from the ground, or the basement will end up flooded. To fully understand the techniques for laying a drain like this, I'll explain it in detail so beginners can read it, study it, and see exactly how it’s done. A site might look dry on the surface but can be very wet beneath. If you can’t find any information about the site, it’s best to drain it, especially if it’s on a slope or near water and on the watershed of a river or lake. For larger buildings with deep foundations, draining the site is a must. The drain should be installed under the basement floor and around the outside of the foundation wall, positioned at or below the basement floor level. The importance of draining a building site when construction begins is often overlooked. The cost of the drain will be recouped in a few years because it will keep the basement free from excessive dampness. Installing a sub-soil drain after the building is up and running can be expensive and inconvenient. This drain is called a "sub-soil drain" because it’s located underground and its job is to remove all excess water that’s below the surface. With surface water managed by surface drains and underground water managed by sub-soil drains, a wet building site can be made practically dry (see Fig. 45).
Materials Used in Sub-soil Construction.—The object of the drain is to collect water and carry it away from the building by means of pipes. Terra-cotta pipes, with or without hubs, are used. Perforated tile pipe is sometimes used. This pipe is unglazed terra-cotta pipe with 1-inch holes in the sides about 3 or 4 inches from the center. These holes allow the surplus water to enter the bore of the pipe and thus be carried off beyond the building site.
Materials Used in Sub-soil Construction.—The purpose of the drain is to gather water and transport it away from the building using pipes. Terra-cotta pipes, with or without hubs, are utilized. Sometimes, perforated tile pipe is used. This type of pipe is unglazed terra-cotta with 1-inch holes in the sides located about 3 or 4 inches from the center. These holes enable the excess water to flow into the pipe and be carried away from the building site.
When the sub-soil of a small building needs draining, the trenches made for the house drain and its branches are used as a drain in the following manner: The trenches are dug deeper than is required for the house drain. The trenches are then filled to the correct level with broken stones. There is space between these stones for the water to find passage to a point away from the building. When this method is employed, some provision must be made to prevent the house drain from settling. When locating the drain, we must consider approximately the amount of water that is likely to be in the soil and required to be carried off. If there is considerable water, the pipes should extend all around the outside of the building foundation wall, also a main pipe running under the cellar bottom with six branches, three branches on each side.
When the ground beneath a small building needs to be drained, the trenches created for the house drain and its branches are used as a drain in this way: The trenches are dug deeper than necessary for the house drain. Then, these trenches are filled to the right level with crushed stones. There are gaps between the stones allowing water to flow to a point away from the building. When using this method, it's important to take steps to prevent the house drain from settling. When setting up the drain, we need to estimate how much water is likely in the soil and needs to be removed. If there is a lot of water, the pipes should go all the way around the outside of the building's foundation wall, along with a main pipe running under the cellar floor and six branches—three on each side.
If there is not a great deal of surplus water in the soil, the drain around the outside of the foundation wall should be put in and one drain line running through the basement will be sufficient.
If there's not a lot of extra water in the soil, the drain around the outside of the foundation wall should be installed, and one drain line running through the basement will be enough.
Laying the Pipe.—The drain pipe should be handled with care, for it is easily broken. The trench should be laid out and dug, then the pipe can be laid in it with a grade toward the outlet or discharge. If pipes with a hub on one end are[84] used, the hub should not be cemented. A little oakum is packed in the hub to steady the pipe and keep sand out, the bottom of joint is cemented, a piece of tar paper can be laid over the top of the joint to keep the sand out. With joints made this way, the water can find its way to the bore of the pipe and yet the sand will be kept out of the pipe. As soon as the water gets into the bore of the pipe it has a clear passageway to some discharge point away from the building. If tile pipes without any hubs are used, some covering should be put around the joint to keep out the sand and still allow the water to find its way into the pipes.
Laying the Pipe.—Handle the drain pipe carefully, as it's easy to break. First, outline and dig the trench, then lay the pipe in it with a slope toward the outlet or discharge. If you’re using pipes with a hub on one end, don’t cement the hub. Pack a little oakum in the hub to stabilize the pipe and keep sand out; cement the bottom of the joint, and you can lay a piece of tar paper over the top to block the sand. With joints made this way, water can flow into the pipe while keeping the sand out. Once the water enters the pipe, it has a clear path to a discharge point away from the building. If you’re using tile pipes without hubs, add some covering around the joint to keep out the sand while still allowing water to flow into the pipes.
Discharge of Sub-soil Drain.—The water that accumulates in a sub-soil drain must be carried off to some point away from the building. As the pipes are generally under the cellar bottom and under the house drain, it is very evident that this drain cannot discharge into the house drain sewer, directly. If the building site is on a hill, the drain can be carried out and discharged on the surface at a point that is somewhat lower than the level of the pipe under the building. Where this cannot be done, it will be necessary to have the different lines of pipes discharge into a pit. The water is accumulated in this pit until it is filled, then it will automatically empty itself as later explained.
Discharge of Sub-soil Drain.—The water that builds up in a sub-soil drain needs to be directed away from the building. Since the pipes are usually located below the cellar floor and under the house drain, it's clear that this drain cannot directly empty into the house drain sewer. If the site is on a slope, the drain can be led out and released at a point on the surface that is a bit lower than the pipe level under the building. If this isn't possible, different pipe lines will need to discharge into a pit. Water accumulates in this pit until it's full, and then it will automatically empty itself, as explained later.
Pit Construction.—The pit for the sub-soil water is constructed of cement. A pit 2 feet square or 2 feet in diameter and 3 feet deep will answer all requirements. A pit of this depth will allow a pitch for all lines of pipe, and is large enough for ordinary installations. The pit is built up to the surface of the cemented floor of the basement and covered with a removable iron cover.
Pit Construction.—The pit for the underground water is made of cement. A pit that is 2 feet by 2 feet or 2 feet in diameter and 3 feet deep will meet all needs. This depth allows for a slope for all pipe lines and is sufficient for typical setups. The pit is constructed to reach the surface of the basement's cement floor and is topped with a removable iron cover.
Cellar Drainer or Pump.—A cellar drainer is employed to empty the above-mentioned pit. The cellar drainer works automatically. When the pit is filled with water, the drainer operates and empties the pit and discharges[85] the water into a sink or open sewer connection. When the pit is emptied, the drainer shuts off. The cellar drainer is operated by water pressure. When the valve is opened, a small jet of water is discharged into a larger pipe. The velocity of this small jet of water creates a suction and carries along with it some of the water in the pit. This suction continues until the tank is empty. There should always be a strainer on the suction pipe, also on the supply pipe, to prevent any particles of dirt getting into the valve. The pipes leading to and from the drainer should empty into an open sink where it can be seen. There is a possibility of the drainer valve leaking and then the water pressure will leak through it, causing a waste of water. If this leakage can be seen where it discharges, then the trouble can be rectified. The cellar drainer is connected directly with the water pressure and should have a valve close to the connection to control the supply.
Cellar Drainer or Pump.—A cellar drainer is used to empty the previously mentioned pit. The cellar drainer operates automatically. When the pit fills with water, the drainer kicks in, empties the pit, and discharges[85] the water into a sink or open sewer connection. Once the pit is emptied, the drainer turns off. The cellar drainer is powered by water pressure. When the valve opens, a small jet of water is released into a larger pipe. The speed of this small jet creates a suction that pulls some of the water from the pit. This suction continues until the tank is empty. There should always be a strainer on both the suction pipe and the supply pipe to prevent any dirt particles from entering the valve. The pipes leading to and from the drainer should empty into an open sink where it can be inspected. There is a chance that the drainer valve might leak, allowing water pressure to seep through it and wasting water. If this leakage is visible where it discharges, the issue can be fixed. The cellar drainer is directly connected to the water pressure and should have a valve close to the connection to control the supply.
CHAPTER IX
Storm and Sanitary Drainage with Sewage Disposal
in Mind
The accompanying drawing of storm and sanitary drains should be studied in detail by the reader. The location of each trap and fitting should be studied carefully and the reason that it is put in that particular place should be thoroughly understood. Below, each plan has been taken and gone over in detail, bringing out the reasons for fittings and traps, also the arrangement of the piping.
The accompanying drawing of storm and sanitary drains should be examined closely by the reader. The placement of each trap and fitting needs to be considered carefully, and the rationale for its specific location should be fully understood. Below, each plan has been reviewed in detail to highlight the reasons for the fittings and traps, as well as the layout of the piping.
The first thing to note in Fig. 46 is the number and kinds of fixtures to be drained. There is in the basement a set of three-part wash trays. This will require a 2-inch waste and a 11⁄2-inch vent. There is in the drawing a 2-inch waste extending to the fixtures above. On the same line is a rain leader with a trap showing also a 4-inch floor drain. There are two 4-inch rain leaders on the opposite corners of the plan, in the rear of the building. There is a 4-inch soil stack for fixtures above and a 4-inch soil stack in the basement on the same line for a basement toilet. On the front there are rain leaders in each corner. These will be connected outside of the house trap (this feature should be noted). The outlets that are to discharge into the house drain are as follows:
The first thing to note in Fig. 46 is the number and types of fixtures that need to be drained. In the basement, there's a set of three-part wash trays. This will need a 2-inch waste and a 11⁄2-inch vent. The drawing includes a 2-inch waste line going up to the fixtures above. On the same line is a rain leader with a trap and a 4-inch floor drain. There are two 4-inch rain leaders in the opposite corners of the plan at the back of the building. There's a 4-inch soil stack for the upper fixtures and a 4-inch soil stack in the basement on the same line for a basement toilet. In the front, there are rain leaders in each corner. These will connect outside the house trap (this feature should be noted). The outlets that will discharge into the house drain are as follows:
- Two 4-inch rain leaders.[87]
- One 2-inch sink waste.
- One 2-inch wash tray waste.
- One 4-inch floor drain.
- One 4-inch soil pipe.
- One 4-inch closet connection.
- Two 4-inch front rain leaders to discharge into house sewer.
If we were to install this job, we would first locate each pipe that enters the house drain. The lowest outlet would be particularly noted, in this case the 4-inch floor drain. From this drain we must make sure that at least 1⁄4 inch to the foot fall is secured. We must then locate the house sewer where it enters the foundation wall, then the work can be started. I will not attempt to list the material that is necessary for this work, at this time. With all the material at hand the house drain is started. All of this work is installed under the ground, therefore trenches must be dug for all the piping. The plumber must lay these trenches out and in doing so he must have in mind all connections and the fittings he can use so that the trenches can be dug at the right angle. The trenches must be dug allowing a pitch for the pipe. The height of the cellar is 8 feet below the joists. A stick is cut 8 feet long which can be used to get the trenches below the cement floor at the right depth. After the digging is completed, the house trap, which is a 6-inch running trap, is caulked into a length of 6-inch cast-iron pipe. This piece of pipe is pushed out toward the sewer bringing the trap near the foundation wall, on the inside. The fittings and traps and pipe are caulked in place as fast as possible. When possible, the joints are caulked outside of the trench in an upright position. There are a number of different ways to caulk this pipe together, and to make it clear to the beginner just how it is done the following exercise is suggested. This job brings in the caulking of pipes, traps, and fittings in various[88] positions. Two or three can work on this job together. Fig. 47 shows how the pipe and fittings are put together, which needs no further explanation. Therefore, we will go over in detail only the caulking of the joints in the various positions.
If we were to take on this job, our first step would be to find each pipe that connects to the house drain. We’d pay special attention to the lowest outlet, which in this case is the 4-inch floor drain. From this drain, we need to ensure that there’s a fall of at least 1⁄4 inch per foot. Next, we’d locate the house sewer where it enters the foundation wall before starting the work. I won’t list the materials needed for this job right now. With all the materials ready, we can begin working on the house drain. Since all this work happens underground, we have to dig trenches for all the piping. The plumber must plan these trenches while keeping all connections and fittings in mind so they can be dug at the right angle. The trenches should be dug to create a slope for the pipe. The height of the cellar is 8 feet below the joists. A stick cut to 8 feet long can be used to ensure the trenches are below the cement floor at the correct depth. Once the digging is done, the house trap, which is a 6-inch running trap, is sealed into a length of 6-inch cast-iron pipe. This piece of pipe is pushed out toward the sewer, keeping the trap close to the foundation wall inside the house. The fittings, traps, and pipes are quickly sealed in place. Whenever possible, the joints are sealed outside of the trench in an upright position. There are several ways to seal these pipes together, and to clarify for beginners how it's done, the following exercise is recommended. This job involves sealing pipes, traps, and fittings in various[88] positions. Two or three people can work on this job together. Fig. 47 demonstrates how the pipe and fittings are assembled, which doesn’t need further explanation. Therefore, we will focus in detail on sealing the joints in different positions.
Material Needed.—One length of 4-inch extra heavy cast-iron pipe, single hub; two lengths of 4-inch extra heavy cast-iron pipe, double hub; one running trap, one full Y, one 4-inch 1⁄4 bend; two 4-inch clean-out screws with iron body; one 4-inch vent cap; one 4-inch 1⁄8 bend; 30 pounds of block lead; 2 pounds of oakum.
Materials Needed.—One length of 4-inch extra heavy cast-iron pipe, single hub; two lengths of 4-inch extra heavy cast-iron pipe, double hub; one running trap; one full Y; one 4-inch 1⁄4 bend; two 4-inch clean-out screws with iron body; one 4-inch vent cap; one 4-inch 1⁄8 bend; 30 pounds of block lead; 2 pounds of oakum.
Tools Required.—Ladle, asbestos pourer, hammer, cold chisel, yarning iron, two caulking irons, furnace and pot.
Tools Required.—Ladle, asbestos pourer, hammer, cold chisel, yarning iron, two caulking irons, furnace, and pot.
The beginner should start at the trap and caulk the joints with the trap held in place. The cold chisel should be sharp as it is used to cut the cast-iron pipe.
The beginner should start at the trap and seal the joints with the trap held in position. The cold chisel should be sharp, as it's used to cut the cast-iron pipe.
To caulk the straight end of cast-iron pipe into the hub[89] end and make a water-tight joint when the pipe is in a vertical position, the spigot end of the pipe is entered into the hub end of another piece. A wad of oakum is taken and forced into the hub with the yarning iron. This piece of oakum is forced to the bottom of the hub, then another piece is put in. The oakum is set and packed by using the yarning iron and hammer. The hub is half filled with oakum. The oakum is forced tight enough to make a water-tight joint. If the oakum used comes in a bale, pieces of it will have to be taken and rolled into long ropes about 18 inches long, the thickness of the rope corresponding with the space between the hub and the pipe. If rope oakum is used, the strands of the rope can be used. After the oakum is well packed into place and the pipe is lined up and made straight, molten lead is poured in and the hub filled. When the lead has cooled, set the lead with the caulking tool and hammer, making one blow on each side of the joint. This sets the lead evenly on every side. If there is any surplus lead, it can now be cut off, using the hammer and cold chisel. The caulking iron is again taken and the lead next to the pipe is tamped, striking the iron with the hammer at an angle to drive the lead against the pipe. After this has been done all around, the caulking iron is held in such a position that the lead around the hub will receive the force of the blow. After this has been done, the center of the lead is caulked and the joint should be tight. With a little practice, this can be done very rapidly. The lead should be poured in while it is very hot. The caulking must not be done by hitting heavy blows as there is a possibility of splitting the hub and thereby rendering the joint unfit for use.
To seal the straight end of a cast-iron pipe into the hub[89] and create a water-tight joint while the pipe is vertical, insert the spigot end of the pipe into the hub end of another piece. Take a wad of oakum and pack it into the hub with a caulking iron. Press the oakum to the bottom of the hub, then add another piece. Use the caulking iron and a hammer to compress the oakum. The hub should be half filled with oakum, packed tightly enough to form a water-tight joint. If the oakum comes in a bale, roll pieces into long ropes about 18 inches long, making the thickness of the rope match the gap between the hub and the pipe. If using rope oakum, you can also use the strands of the rope. Once the oakum is well packed and the pipe is aligned and straight, pour molten lead into the hub to fill it. When the lead has cooled, use the caulking tool and hammer to set the lead, striking once on each side of the joint to ensure even distribution. If there’s any excess lead, cut it off with the hammer and cold chisel. Take the caulking iron again and tamp the lead next to the pipe, hitting the iron at an angle to press the lead against the pipe. After doing this all around, position the caulking iron so that the lead around the hub gets the force of the blow. Once that’s done, caulk the center of the lead, ensuring the joint is tight. With some practice, this can be done quickly. The lead should be poured when it’s very hot. Avoid hitting too hard during caulking to prevent splitting the hub, which would make the joint unusable.
Caulking Joint in Horizontal Position.—It is necessary in a great many cases to caulk a joint in a position where the lead would run out of the joint unless provision were made to hold it in. To caulk a joint in a position of this[90] kind, the pipe is lined up and secured, then the oakum is put in and forced to the bottom of the hub. Then a joint runner, which is an asbestos rope about 2 feet long and about 1 inch in diameter, is fitted around the pipe and forced against the hub where it is clamped by means of an attached clamp. The clamp is put on the top of the pipe and so arranged that a channel will be left in a V shape. This channel allows the hot lead to run between the asbestos runner and the hub. When the lead has had a chance to cool, the asbestos runner is taken off. Where the clamp was, there will be a triangular piece of lead sticking out beyond the face of the hub. This piece has to be cut off, but no attempt should be made to do so until it has been caulked in place and well set; also the rest of the lead should be set. Then the cold chisel can be used and this extra piece of lead taken off. The caulking of the lead in this position is the same as in the previous position and should be carried out closely. The beginner should understand that it is necessary to have not only the joints tight so that running water will not leak out of them, but that the joints must stand a water test. The testing of soil stacks is explained under another heading. The lines of cast-iron pipe depend to a considerable extent upon these joints to make the whole line rigid.
Caulking Joint in Horizontal Position.—In many cases, you need to caulk a joint in a way that prevents the lead from spilling out unless measures are taken to keep it in place. To caulk a joint like this[90], first, align and secure the pipe, then insert the oakum and press it down to the bottom of the hub. Next, use a joint runner, which is an asbestos rope about 2 feet long and 1 inch in diameter, fitting it around the pipe and pushing it against the hub where it’s clamped with an attached clamp. The clamp goes on top of the pipe, arranged so that it leaves a V-shaped channel. This channel lets the hot lead flow between the asbestos runner and the hub. Once the lead cools, remove the asbestos runner. There will be a triangular piece of lead sticking out beyond the hub's face where the clamp was. This needs to be cut off, but don’t try to do this until it’s been caulked in place and fully set; the rest of the lead should also be set. Then you can use a cold chisel to remove the extra piece of lead. Caulking the lead in this position is done the same way as before and should be done carefully. Beginners should know that it’s essential for the joints to be tight enough to prevent running water from leaking out, and they must also withstand a water test. Soil stack testing is covered under a different section. The integrity of cast-iron pipe lines largely relies on these joints to ensure the entire line is solid.
Caulking of Fittings.—The caulking of fittings, while done the same as a straight pipe, is far more difficult. The improper making of these joints is the cause of many leaks. A long sweep fitting is caulked without a great deal of difficulty. If a short bend fitting is used, the matter of caulking is difficult. The fitting is so short that it is almost impossible to get a caulking iron into the throat. The mechanics will have to work at the throat from each side until this part has been sufficiently caulked. I call attention to this point, for I know it to be a failure in a large number of jobs when it comes to put the test on. In[91] order to caulk the fittings, they must be put in their exact location and positions before the lead is poured in, for after the lead is once in the fitting cannot be moved. When there is a series of fittings on a line, their positions in relation to each other must be considered before the lead is poured.
Caulking of Fittings.—Caulking fittings is done the same way as straight pipes, but it’s much more challenging. Poorly made joints often lead to leaks. Caulking a long sweep fitting isn't too difficult. However, using a short bend fitting makes the caulking process tricky. The fitting is so short that it’s nearly impossible to fit a caulking iron into the throat. Mechanics will have to work on the throat from both sides until it’s properly caulked. I highlight this issue because it often leads to failures in many jobs when it's time to test. In[91] order to caulk the fittings correctly, they must be installed in their exact locations before pouring in the lead, since once the lead is in, the fitting can't be moved. When there’s a series of fittings on a line, their positions relative to each other must be considered before pouring in the lead.
Fig. 48 shows the same fixture and stack connections as[92] Fig. 46. Two 4-inch lines run through the cellar, one a sanitary drain, the other a storm drain. Each 4-inch line has an intercepting trap. On the sewer side of these traps the two lines are brought together, beyond which point the two front rain leaders connect; each of the two front leaders is trapped separately.
Fig. 48 shows the same setup and stack connections as[92] Fig. 46. There are two 4-inch pipes running through the basement, one for sanitary waste and the other for stormwater. Each 4-inch pipe has a trap to intercept debris. After these traps, the two lines are combined, and then the two front rain leaders connect; each of the front leaders has its own trap.
Fig. 50 shows the same fixtures collected into a 4-inch house drain, and the rain leaders run entirely on the outside of the building. This plan is a good one as all the storm water is kept entirely outside the building. If the storm drains are kept 5 feet away from the cellar walls (see Plumbing Code) the pipes can be of tile. Another good feature of this plan is that all the pipes under the cellar are 4-inch.
Fig. 50 shows the same fixtures grouped into a 4-inch house drain, with the rain leaders completely on the outside of the building. This design is effective because all the stormwater stays entirely outside the building. If the storm drains are kept 5 feet away from the cellar walls (see Plumbing Code), the pipes can be made of tile. Another advantage of this design is that all the pipes under the cellar are 4 inches in diameter.
In Fig. 52 the drains shown take the waste and storm water from the apartment building, also a building set in the rear. The leader pipes in this case are trapped on the outside of the wall. The building in the rear you will note has a separate fresh air inlet and house trap, and the house sewer is continued through the front house and connected into the house drain of the front building, on the sewer side of the intercepting trap.
In Fig. 52, the drains shown carry waste and stormwater from the apartment building, which is also positioned at the back. The leader pipes are located outside the wall in this case. You'll notice that the building in the back has its own fresh air inlet and house trap, and the house sewer runs through the front house and connects to the house drain of the front building, on the sewer side of the intercepting trap.
These drawings should be studied carefully and the student should in each case list correctly all of the material required for the installation of these jobs.
These drawings should be examined closely, and the student needs to accurately list all the materials needed for the installation of these tasks in each instance.
Cutting Cast-iron Pipe.—To cut cast-iron pipe, a sharp cold chisel and hammer are needed. The pipe is marked all around, just where it is to be cut. Then it is laid with the part of the pipe that is to be cut resting on a block of wood. A groove is cut with the hammer and chisel around the pipe. One person can turn the pipe while the other does the cutting. After a little experience one man can[94] cut and roll the pipe alone. This groove is cut deeper and deeper until the pipe breaks apart. If standard pipe is being cut, a file is generally resorted to for cutting the groove. On account of the lightness of the pipe, a hammer and chisel will crack the pipe lengthwise. When cutting extra heavy cast-iron pipe, a good heavy blow must be struck to cause the chisel to cut into the iron. After a few cuts, the beginner will understand the weight of blow that must be struck to cut the pipe quickly.
Cutting Cast-iron Pipe.—To cut cast-iron pipe, you'll need a sharp cold chisel and a hammer. First, mark around the pipe where you need to cut. Then, place the pipe on a block of wood with the section to be cut resting on it. Use the hammer and chisel to create a groove around the pipe. One person can turn the pipe while another does the cutting. With a bit of practice, one person can cut and roll the pipe by themselves. This groove should be made deeper until the pipe breaks apart. If you're cutting standard pipe, a file is usually used for the groove. Because of the pipe's lightness, a hammer and chisel might crack the pipe lengthwise. When cutting extra heavy cast-iron pipe, you need to strike hard enough for the chisel to penetrate the iron. After a few cuts, beginners will learn how hard of a blow is needed to cut the pipe efficiently.
CHAPTER X
Soil and Waste Pipes and Vents: Tests
SOIL PIPES
The term "soil pipes" means pipe that receives the discharge from water closets. The size of a soil pipe for ordinary dwellings should be 4 inches.
The term "soil pipes" refers to pipes that collect waste from toilets. The diameter of a soil pipe for typical homes should be 4 inches.
Soil Pipe Size
One to three closets—4-inch XX cast-iron. |
Four to eight closets—5-inch XX cast-iron. |
Eight to twelve closets—6-inch XX cast-iron. |
There are cases when 3-inch XX cast-iron pipe is used, but the practice is not recommended.
There are instances when 3-inch XX cast-iron pipe is used, but this practice isn’t advised.
The soil pipe should be well supported and held in place. The connection between soil pipe and closet should be of lead to allow for any expansion of settling that might take place.
The soil pipe should be properly supported and secured. The connection between the soil pipe and the toilet should be made of lead to accommodate any expansion or settling that might occur.
Material of Soil Pipes.—Soil pipe in common use today is made of light cast iron, tar-coated, extra heavy cast iron uncoated and coated, galvanized wrought-iron pipe, and steel pipe. The best kind to use depends upon the job and place where it is to be used. All kinds of bends and fittings can be had in any of the above-mentioned materials. In choosing the material of the pipe that is best to use, the following points should be carefully considered.
Material of Soil Pipes.—Soil pipes commonly used today are made of lightweight cast iron, tar-coated, extra heavy cast iron (both uncoated and coated), galvanized wrought-iron pipe, and steel pipe. The best type to use depends on the specific job and location where it will be installed. Various bends and fittings are available in any of the mentioned materials. When selecting the most suitable pipe material, the following points should be carefully considered.
- First, new work or overhauling.
- Second, temporary or permanent job.
- Third, construction of building.
- Fourth, amount allowed for cost of materials on job.[96]
- Fifth, size of job, that is, the number of toilets.
- Sixth, size of chases and pipe partitions.
Location of Soil Pipe.—The location of the soil pipe depends to a great extent upon the location of the toilets. The soil stack should be located on an inside partition. The horizontal pipe should not run over expensively decorated ceilings unless run inside of a trough made of copper or sheet lead. As far as possible, the pipes should be confined, to runs short, and the number of bends reduced.
Location of Soil Pipe.—The location of the soil pipe largely depends on where the toilets are placed. The soil stack should be situated on an interior wall. The horizontal pipe shouldn't go over highly decorated ceilings unless it's placed inside a trough made of copper or sheet lead. Whenever possible, the pipes should be limited to short runs, and the number of bends should be minimized.
SOIL-PIPE FITTINGS
Soil-pipe fittings can be had from stock almost to suit the conditions. I will enumerate a few. The names of these fittings should be familiar to the mechanic so that when ordering he can give the correct name. 1⁄16, 1⁄8, 1⁄6, 1⁄4 bend, sanitary tee, tapped tee, side outlet fitting, return bend, cross branches, double Y, double TY, traps. The uses of these cast-iron fittings perhaps are obvious, but a word about the use of each one will be of service.
Soil-pipe fittings are readily available to meet various conditions. I'll list a few. The names of these fittings should be well-known to mechanics so they can order the correct ones. ¹/₁₆, ¹/₈, ¹/₆, ¹/₄ bend, sanitary tee, tapped tee, side outlet fitting, return bend, cross branches, double Y, double TY, traps. The uses of these cast-iron fittings may be obvious, but it will be helpful to describe the use of each one.
The 1⁄4 bend is used to change the direction of run of pipe 90°. A long-sweep 1⁄4 bend is used on work requiring the best practice. 1⁄8, 1⁄16, and 1⁄6 bends are used to change the direction of pipe 45°, 221⁄2°, and 162⁄3°. Two 1⁄8 bends should be used in preference to one 1⁄4 bend where there is sufficient room. Side outlet 1⁄4 bend is used for waste connection. They can be had with an outlet on either side of the heel. Their use is not recommended.
The 1⁄4 bend is used to change the direction of pipe by 90°. A long-sweep 1⁄4 bend is used for work that requires best practices. 1⁄8, 1⁄16, and 1⁄6 bends are used to change the direction of pipe by 45°, 221⁄2°, and 162⁄3°. Two 1⁄8 bends should be used instead of one 1⁄4 bend when there is enough space. A side outlet 1⁄4 bend is used for waste connections. They can come with an outlet on either side of the heel. Their use is not recommended.
Return bends are used on fresh-air inlets. Tees are used for vents only. Ys are used wherever possible. The use of a Y-branch together with an 1⁄8 bend for a 90° connection with the main line is always preferable to a TY or, as they are commonly called, sanitary T. A tapped fitting gets its name because it is tapped for iron pipe thread. Tapped fittings are used for venting and should not be used for[97] waste unless the tap enters the fitting at an angle of 45°.
Return bends are used on fresh air inlets. Tees are used only for vents. Ys are used wherever possible. It's always better to use a Y-branch along with a 1⁄8 bend for a 90° connection with the main line instead of a TY, which is commonly known as a sanitary T. A tapped fitting gets its name because it’s threaded for iron pipe. Tapped fittings are meant for venting and shouldn't be used for [97] waste unless the tap enters the fitting at a 45° angle.
These fittings and pipe are joined by first caulking with oakum and pouring, with one continuous pour, the hub full of molten metal. When cool, the lead should be set and then caulked around the pipe and around the hub.
These fittings and pipes are connected by first sealing with oakum and pouring molten metal into the hub in one continuous pour. Once it cools, the lead should be set and then sealed around both the pipe and the hub.
The amount of lead and oakum required for various-sized joints is as follows:
The amount of lead and oakum needed for different sized joints is as follows:
Pipe size............. | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 8 | 10 | 12 | 15 |
Pounds of lead.... | 11⁄2 | 21⁄4 | 3 | 33⁄4 | 41⁄2 | 6 | 7 1/2 | 9 | 111⁄4 |
Oakum (ounce)... | 4 | 6 | 8 | 10 | 12 | 16 | 20 | 24 | 30 |
Rust Joints.—The plumber is called upon to run cast-iron pipe in places where lead and oakum will not be of service for the joints. In cases of this kind, a rust joint is made. This "rust" is made according to the following formula:
Rust Joints.—The plumber is called to install cast-iron pipe in areas where lead and oakum won't work for the joints. In these situations, a rust joint is created. This "rust" is made according to the following formula:
- 1 part sulfur flour.
- 1 part ammonium chloride.
- 98 parts iron borings (free from grease).
This mixture is made the consistency of cement, using water to mix thoroughly and bring all parts into contact with each other. When it hardens, it becomes very hard and makes a tight joint which overcomes the objections to lead and oakum joints.
This mixture is made to have the consistency of cement, using water to mix thoroughly and ensure all parts are in contact with each other. When it hardens, it becomes extremely hard and creates a tight joint that addresses the issues with lead and oakum joints.
WROUGHT-IRON AND STEEL PIPE
This pipe comes in about 18-foot lengths and fittings of the following makes and shapes, and their use is fully explained. The lengths of pipe come with a thread on each end and a coupling screwed on one end. The lengths come in bundles up to 11⁄2-inches and in single lengths over that size. Screw pipe fittings, it will be noted, are called by a different name than cast-iron ones. The fittings in common use today are the 90 degree ell, 45, 22, and 162⁄3. The Y and TY, tucker fittings, and inverted Ys are used in[98] practically the same way as the cast-iron fittings. The 90 degree ell, 45, 22, and 162⁄3 are used to change the run of pipe that many degrees. All 90 degree fittings, ells, and Ts are tapped to give the pipe a pitch of 1⁄4 inch to the foot. It[99] is better to use two 45 ells to make a 90 bend when it is possible.
This pipe comes in about 18-foot lengths and fittings of the following types and shapes, and their use is fully explained. The pipe lengths have threads on each end and a coupling screwed onto one end. The lengths are available in bundles up to 11⁄2 inches and in single lengths for anything larger. Note that screw pipe fittings are referred to by a different name than cast-iron fittings. The commonly used fittings today include the 90-degree elbow, 45-degree, 22-degree, and 162⁄3 degree. The Y and TY fittings, along with inverted Ys, are used in[98] much the same way as cast-iron fittings. The 90-degree elbow, 45-degree, 22-degree, and 162⁄3 degree are used to change the direction of the pipe by those angles. All 90-degree fittings, elbows, and Ts are designed to create a slope of 1⁄4 inch for every foot. It[99] is preferable to use two 45-degree elbows to create a 90-degree bend whenever possible.
Inverted Y.—The inverted Y is used in venting to good advantage. The use of these fittings is illustrated in the sketches.
Inverted Y.—The inverted Y is effectively used in venting. The use of these fittings is shown in the sketches.
Waste Pipes.—Waste pipes are the pipes that run to or convey the discharge of waste matter to the house drain, from wash trays, baths, lavatories, sinks, and showers.
Waste Pipes.—Waste pipes are the pipes that lead to or carry waste materials to the house drain from wash basins, bathtubs, toilets, sinks, and showers.
The usual size of waste pipes is 2 inches. Waste pipes are made of the same material as soil pipe. Lead and brass pipe are also in common use. All exposed waste pipes in bath and toilet rooms are brass, nickel-plated. The waste pipes under kitchen sinks and wash trays are either lead or plain heavy brass. All waste pipes are run with a pitch towards the house trap and should be properly vented as explained under venting. The pipes should be easy of access, with clean-outs in convenient places. The waste pipes under a tile or cement floor should be covered with waterproof paper and a metal V-shaped shield over the entire length. If the waste pipes are over a decorated ceiling they should be in a copper-lined or lead-lined box. This box should have a tell-tale pipe running to the open cellar with the end of the tell-tale pipe left open. If waste pipes are to take the discharge from sinks in which chemicals are thrown, either chemical lead or terra-cotta pipe should be used. If terra-cotta is used, it should have at least 6 inches reinforced concrete around it and the joints of pipe made of keisilgar.
The standard size for waste pipes is 2 inches. Waste pipes are made from the same material as soil pipes. Lead and brass pipes are also commonly used. All visible waste pipes in bathrooms and toilets are brass, coated with nickel. The waste pipes beneath kitchen sinks and washbasins are either lead or heavy brass. All waste pipes are sloped towards the house trap and should be properly vented as detailed in the section on venting. The pipes should be easily accessible, with clean-outs placed conveniently. Waste pipes under tile or concrete floors should be covered with waterproof paper and a metal V-shaped shield along their entire length. If waste pipes are situated above an ornamental ceiling, they should be enclosed in a copper-lined or lead-lined box. This box should have a tell-tale pipe leading to the open cellar, with the end of the tell-tale pipe left exposed. If waste pipes will carry discharge from sinks where chemicals are disposed of, either chemical lead or terra-cotta pipes should be used. If terra-cotta is used, it should have at least 6 inches of reinforced concrete surrounding it, and the joints should be made with keisilgar.
Waste Pipe Size
Urinals................... | 2 inches |
Kitchen sink........... | 2 inches |
Slop sink................ | 3 inches |
Receptacles............ | 11⁄2 inches |
Bath tubs................ | 11⁄2 inches |
Lavatories.............. | 11⁄2 or 11⁄4 inches |
Wash trays............. | 2 inches |
Tell-tale Pipe.—The tell-tale pipe is a small pipe that[100] extends from the trough, pan, or box that is under a line of pipe or fixtures to the open cellar. When water is seen running out of this pipe, it shows that a leak exists somewhere in the line of pipe that is in the box or trough. The use of this pipe saves the destruction of walls and ceilings.
Tell-tale Pipe.—The tell-tale pipe is a small pipe that[100] extends from the trough, pan, or box underneath a line of pipes or fixtures to the open cellar. When water is seen running out of this pipe, it indicates that there’s a leak somewhere in the line of pipes located in the box or trough. The use of this pipe prevents damage to walls and ceilings.
VENTS
Vents are the most important pipes in the plumbing system. Modern plumbing successfully attempts to make living in crowded and thickly populated districts, as well as in isolated buildings, free from all unpleasant odors and annoyances. This could not be accomplished without the use of vents. Vents relieve all pressure in the system by furnishing an outlet for the air that is displaced by the waste discharged from the fixtures. Another of its functions is to supply air when syphonic action starts, thereby stopping[101] the action that would break the seal of the trap under fixtures. The pipe extending from top fixture connection, up to and through the roof, is called the ventilation pipe. All vents that do not pass directly through the roof terminate in this ventilation pipe.
Vents are the most crucial pipes in the plumbing system. Modern plumbing effectively makes living in crowded neighborhoods and isolated buildings free from unpleasant odors and disturbances. This wouldn't be possible without vents. Vents relieve pressure in the system by providing an outlet for the air that gets pushed out by waste discharged from the fixtures. Another function is to supply air when siphonic action begins, preventing the action that would break the seal of the trap under fixtures. The pipe that connects from the top fixture, up through the roof, is called the ventilation pipe. All vents that don't go directly through the roof end in this ventilation pipe.
To explain the use of vents, we might well start in the basement of a dwelling house. Suppose there is a set of wash trays in the laundry; the 2-inch trap of these trays should have a 11⁄4-inch vent pipe leading from the crown of the trap up along side of the stack. On the first floor a 11⁄4-inch pipe from the crown of the kitchen sink trap will lead into it. Here the pipe should be increased to 2 inches. On the second floor the 11⁄4-inch pipes leading from the lavatory and bath traps come into it. The vent stack now extends up into the attic and connects with the ventilation pipe. In a general way, the above is an example of venting. The old method of venting was very complicated and is almost beyond describing with the pen.
To explain how vents work, let’s start in the basement of a house. Imagine there are wash trays in the laundry; the 2-inch trap for these trays should have a 11⁄4-inch vent pipe that goes from the top of the trap up alongside the stack. On the first floor, a 11⁄4-inch pipe from the kitchen sink trap will connect to it. Here, the pipe should be increased to 2 inches. On the second floor, the 11⁄4-inch pipes from the bathroom and bath traps feed into it. The vent stack then extends up into the attic and connects with the ventilation pipe. Generally speaking, this is an example of how venting works. The old venting methods were very complicated and are nearly impossible to describe in writing.
In common use today, there are several kinds of venting, namely: circuit and loop venting, crown venting, and continuous venting. The circuit venting, Fig. 55, is used in connection with the installation of closets. Take a row of toilets in which the waste connection of each closet discharges into a Y-branch, and there will be a series of Y-branches. One end of this series of branches discharges into the main stack while the other end continues and turns up at least to the height of the top of the closet and then enters the main vent stack. When this main vent runs up along side of the main stack and forces the vent pipe connected to the series of Y-branches to travel back, it is[102] called a loop vent. This type of vent supplies air to the complete line of toilets and is very efficient.
In common use today, there are several types of venting, specifically: circuit and loop venting, crown venting, and continuous venting. The circuit venting, Fig. 55, is used when installing toilets. Picture a row of toilets where the waste connection of each one flows into a Y-branch, creating a series of Y-branches. One end of these branches connects to the main stack, while the other end continues upward at least to the height of the top of the toilet and then enters the main vent stack. When this main vent runs alongside the main stack and causes the vent pipe linked to the series of Y-branches to go backward, it is[102] referred to as a loop vent. This type of vent provides air to the entire line of toilets and is very effective.
Continuous venting, Figs. 57 and 58, applies more to fixtures other than toilets. A P-trap is used and enters a T in the stack. The lower part of the T acts as and connects with the waste pipe while the upper half is and connects with the vent pipe. A study of the figures will aid the reader to understand thoroughly the above explanations. In continuous venting the waste of the lowest fixture is discharged into the vent pipe and extended to the main waste stack where it is connected. This is done to allow any[103] rust scales that occasionally drop down the vent pipe, and render it unfit to perform its duty, to be washed away into the sewer.
Continuous venting, Figs. 57 and 58, is more relevant to fixtures other than toilets. A P-trap is used and connects to a T in the stack. The lower part of the T connects with the waste pipe, while the upper part connects with the vent pipe. Studying the diagrams will help the reader fully grasp these explanations. In continuous venting, the waste from the lowest fixture flows into the vent pipe and extends to the main waste stack where it connects. This is done to ensure that any[103] rust scales that occasionally fall down the vent pipe and make it ineffective can be washed away into the sewer.
Crown venting, Fig. 59, is as its name implies, a vent that is taken from the crown of the trap, thence into the main vent.
Crown venting, Fig. 59, is exactly what it sounds like; it’s a vent that comes from the top of the trap and leads into the main vent.
Each one of these methods of venting is used and considered good practice, provided it is properly installed and correctly connected with the use of proper fittings.
Each of these venting methods is used and seen as good practice, as long as it's properly installed and correctly connected using the right fittings.
Things to Remember.—
Things to Keep in Mind.—
- First, venting is to prevent traps from syphoning.
- Second, also to allow free passage of air.
- Third, circuit vent—loop vent.
- Fourth, continuous venting.
- Fifth, crown venting.
- Sixth, ventilation pipe extends from the top of fixture through roof.
CHAPTER XI
House traps, fresh-air connections, drum traps,
and non-siphoning traps
The house trap is a deep seal trap placed inside the foundation wall, and intersects the house drain and house sewer. The trap is placed at this point for a number of reasons: first, to keep sewer gases from entering the pipes in the house; second, this location is where the house drain ends. This trap should have two clean-outs, one on each side of the seal. The clean-outs should be of extra heavy cast-iron body with a heavy brass screw cap. The cap should have a square nut for a wrench to tighten or unscrew the cap. This cap should be brought up flush with the floor. When a house trap is being set, it is necessary to set it perfectly level, otherwise the seal of the trap is weakened and sewer gases can enter.
The house trap is a deep seal trap installed inside the foundation wall, where it connects the house drain and the house sewer. This trap is installed at this point for several reasons: first, to prevent sewer gases from entering the pipes in the house; second, this is where the house drain ends. This trap should have two clean-outs, one on each side of the seal. The clean-outs should be made of extra heavy cast-iron with a sturdy brass screw cap. The cap should feature a square nut for a wrench to tighten or unscrew it. This cap should sit flush with the floor. When setting a house trap, it’s important to ensure it is perfectly level; otherwise, the seal of the trap can weaken and allow sewer gases to enter.
Sometimes the trap is located on the house sewer just outside of the foundation wall. In this case, a pit should be built large enough for a workman to get down to it to clean it out when necessary.
Sometimes the trap is found in the house sewer just outside the foundation wall. In this case, a pit should be built large enough for a worker to access it to clean it out when needed.
A mason's trap was formerly used to a considerable extent, but is very poor practice to use today on modern work. This trap was built square of brick with a center partition. The brick soon became foul and the trap would be better termed a small cesspool than a trap.
A mason's trap was once commonly used, but it’s considered poor practice for modern work. This trap was made of brick, shaped square with a center partition. The brick would quickly get dirty, making the trap more like a small cesspool than a trap.
Points to Remember about House Traps.—
Things to Keep in Mind About House Traps.—
- First, should be a running trap.
- Second, two clean-outs.
- Third, deep seal, at least 2 inches.[105]
- Fourth, set level.
- Fifth, set inside foundation wall.
- Sixth, accessible at all times.
- Seventh, same size as house drain.
- Eighth, fresh air should connect with it.
FRESH-AIR CONNECTIONS
The term "fresh-air inlet" is, as its name implies, an inlet for fresh air. It is placed directly on the house side of the main trap. The connections made vary considerably. A few good connections in common use are explained below.
The term "fresh-air inlet" is, as its name suggests, an opening for fresh air. It is located directly on the house side of the main trap. The connections can vary quite a bit. A few commonly used good connections are explained below.
When the trap is in place, one of the clean-outs can be used for the fresh air. If this is done, a Y-branch should be placed in the hub of the clean-out. The Y-branch should be used for the fresh air and the run should be used for a clean-out.
When the trap is set up, one of the clean-outs can be used for fresh air. If you do this, a Y-branch should be installed in the hub of the clean-out. The Y-branch should be designated for fresh air and the run should be used for the clean-out.
A Y-fitting can be inserted directly back of the trap and the branch used for the fresh air. An inverted Y makes a good fitting to use directly back of the trap. These branches should be taken off the top of the pipe. The branch taken off for the fresh-air inlet should not have any waste discharge into it and should not be used for a drain pipe of any description.
A Y-fitting can be installed directly behind the trap, and the branch can be used for fresh air. An inverted Y is a great fitting to use directly behind the trap. These branches should be taken from the top of the pipe. The branch for the fresh air inlet shouldn’t have any waste going into it and shouldn’t be used for any kind of drain pipe.
The fresh-air inlet should run as directly as possible into the outer air, at least 15 feet from any window. The pipes terminate in a number of different ways, some with a return bend, above the ground, some with a cowl cap, some with a strainer. When necessary to run pipe through the sidewalk, a box of brick is made with a heavy brass strainer fitted level with the sidewalk into which the pipe runs. If the pipe is run into the box on the side a little up from the bottom, the possibility of becoming stopped up or filled up is not great. The fresh-air inlet sometimes terminates above the roof of the building.
The fresh-air inlet should go as straight as possible into the outside air, at least 15 feet from any window. The pipes end in several different ways, some with a return bend above ground, some with a cowl cap, and some with a strainer. If it’s necessary to run the pipe through the sidewalk, a brick box is built with a heavy brass strainer installed level with the sidewalk where the pipe connects. If the pipe enters the box slightly above the bottom, the chances of it getting clogged are minimal. The fresh-air inlet sometimes exits above the building’s roof.
Special care should be given this fresh-air inlet as it[106] supplies fresh air to the entire system and thus keeps the pipes in a much better sanitary condition.
Special care should be taken with this fresh-air inlet as it[106] provides fresh air to the whole system and helps keep the pipes in much better sanitary condition.
Sometimes when the house drain is full of sewage, air is pushed out of the fresh-air inlet and disagreeable odors are evident. This is why it should be located as far as possible from any window. Special care should be taken on the part of the plumber not to locate the fresh-air inlet nearer than 15 feet to the fresh-air intake of the heating system.
Sometimes when the house drain is clogged with sewage, air is pushed out of the fresh-air inlet, and unpleasant odors are noticeable. That's why it should be placed as far as possible from any window. The plumber should be especially careful not to position the fresh-air inlet closer than 15 feet to the fresh-air intake of the heating system.
When the pipe passes through the foundation wall, the same care should be exercised as with other pipes. That is, if the pipe is 4 inches, a sleeve 6 inches should be cut in the wall for the 4-inch pipe to pass through.
When the pipe goes through the foundation wall, the same care should be taken as with other pipes. That is, if the pipe is 4 inches, a 6-inch sleeve should be cut in the wall for the 4-inch pipe to pass through.
- First, never should be smaller than 4 inches.
- Second, one size smaller than trap.
- Third, location, directly back of trap.
- Fourth, leads to outer air.
- Fifth, keep away from windows and intake of heating system.
- Sixth, always have end of pipe covered with strainer, cowl, or return bend.
- Seventh, make as few bends as possible.
- Eighth, supplies fresh air to system.
DRUM TRAP
The use of the drum trap is very handy to the plumber as well as efficient and practicable when installed. The trap can be purchased without any outlets or inlets, so the plumber can put them in according to the necessary measurements. The making of these traps with lead is explained in the chapter on Wiping Joints. The open end has a brass clean-out screw on it. When this clean-out screw comes below the floor, another brass screw cap and flange is screwed on the floor above the trap so that the clean-out screw in the trap is easily accessible.
The drum trap is very useful for plumbers and works well once installed. The trap can be bought without any outlets or inlets, allowing the plumber to install them based on the needed measurements. The process of making these traps with lead is detailed in the chapter on Wiping Joints. The open end features a brass clean-out screw. When this clean-out screw is positioned below the floor, another brass screw cap and flange are attached to the floor above the trap, making the clean-out screw easy to reach.
These drum traps are called bath traps as they are used mostly on bath wastes. They should never be installed with the clean-out exposed to the sewer side of the trap. In the best practice, heavy brass drum traps are used.
These drum traps are called bath traps because they're mainly used for bath waste. They should never be installed with the clean-out facing the sewer side of the trap. Ideally, heavy brass drum traps are used.
NON-SYPHONING TRAP
After years of experimenting to produce a trap that would not syphon without venting, we find in use today a large variety of non-syphoning traps. Traps that will hold their[108] seal against all practical forms of syphonic action, or other threatening features, have been made and used and serve the purpose for which they are intended. Various means to prevent the breaking of the seal of these traps are employed. While some depend on a ball or other kind of valve, others rely on partitions and deflections of various kinds. All of these perform the functions for which they are designed, yet the devices employed offer an excellent obstruction for the free passage of waste; therefore, in time, these traps become inoperative. It should be borne in mind that any traps with a mechanical seal or an inside partition are not considered sanitary. The inside partition might wear out or be destroyed and thus break the seal without the knowledge of anyone and allow sewer gas to enter the room. The mechanical device may also be displaced or destroyed, leaving the trap without a seal. If the trap were cleaned out often or examined occasionally, these traps could be used with a greater degree of safety. Some of the forms of non-syphon traps in common use are:
After years of experimenting to create a trap that wouldn't siphon without venting, we now have a wide range of non-siphoning traps available. These traps maintain their[108] seal against all typical forms of siphonic action or other potential issues. They have been designed, utilized, and serve their intended purpose well. Various methods are used to prevent the seal of these traps from breaking. While some rely on a ball or other types of valves, others depend on partitions and different deflections. All of these perform the functions for which they were created, but the mechanisms they use can significantly obstruct the smooth passage of waste, leading to these traps becoming ineffective over time. It's important to note that any traps featuring a mechanical seal or an internal partition are not regarded as sanitary. The internal partition could wear out or be damaged, breaking the seal without anyone noticing and allowing sewer gas to enter the room. The mechanical device might also shift or fail, leaving the trap unsealed. If these traps were cleaned regularly or checked occasionally, their safety could be improved. Some common types of non-siphon traps in use today are:
Sure Seal Trap. The sure seal trap is designed to be non-syphoning. This trap also has an interior waterway. If this waterway leaks, the trap is unfit for use. If these traps are made as shown in the second sketch with the way inside of a larger pipe, it can be detected if the interior wall leaks.
Sure Seal Trap. The sure seal trap is designed to prevent siphoning. This trap also features an internal waterway. If this waterway leaks, the trap is no longer safe to use. If these traps are constructed as shown in the second sketch, with the interior positioned inside a larger pipe, it is possible to detect any leaks in the inner wall.
Centrifugal Trap. The centrifugal trap is made similar to the clean sweep, except that the wall of the inlet pipe is entirely separate from the body of the trap. The inlet enters the body of the trap on a tangent, thus making the trap self-scouring which is a good feature.
Centrifugal Trap. The centrifugal trap is designed similarly to the clean sweep, but the wall of the inlet pipe is completely separate from the main body of the trap. The inlet connects to the trap's body at a tangent, which allows the trap to self-clean—an advantage.
CHAPTER XII
Pipe threading
The proper cutting of threads on pipe is overlooked by some mechanics. There are many different kinds of dies and different kinds of pipe to contend with. Steel pipe threads very hard and the adjustable dies should be used on it. These dies cut more easily and leave a cleaner thread than other dies when used on steel pipe. When threads are cut on wrought-iron pipe the adjustable dies should be used as they cut a better and cleaner thread than other dies. To preserve the life of the dies and the quality of the thread, oil is used freely while the dies are cutting.
The proper way to cut threads on pipes is often ignored by some mechanics. There are various types of dies and pipes to work with. Steel pipe threads are tough to cut, and adjustable dies should be used for it. These dies cut more easily and produce a cleaner thread compared to other dies when working with steel pipe. When cutting threads on wrought-iron pipe, adjustable dies should also be used since they create a better and cleaner thread. To maintain the lifespan of the dies and the quality of the thread, oil is generously applied while cutting.
Threads.—The standard thread on pipe and fittings is a right-handed thread. Left threads can be cut on the pipe and the fitting can be tapped with a left thread. When a fitting is tapped with a left thread it is marked so. The following table gives the standard number of threads that a die will or should be allowed to cut on the pipe:
Threads.—The standard thread on pipes and fittings is a right-hand thread. Left-hand threads can be cut on the pipe, and the fitting can be tapped with a left-hand thread. When a fitting is tapped with a left-hand thread, it is marked accordingly. The following table shows the standard number of threads that a die can or should cut on the pipe:
Size | Length, inches | Threads per inch | Threads per end |
---|---|---|---|
3⁄8 | 9⁄16 | 18 | 10.825 |
1⁄2 | 3⁄4 | 14 | 10.500 |
3⁄4 | 3⁄4 | 14 | 10.500 |
1 | 15⁄16 | 111⁄2 | 10.800 |
1/4 | 1 | 11/2 | 11.500 |
1/2 | 1 | 11 1/2 | 11.500 |
2 | 11⁄8 | 11/2 | 12.930 |
To acquaint the beginner with iron pipe work, the following[111] exercise is given. In it there are a great many of the actual problems that come up when the pipe is put in on a job. This is the last exercise that is required in this book. The sketch shows clearly just what the job is and below I have gone over each operation that is necessary to complete the job.
To introduce beginners to working with iron pipes, the following[111] exercise is provided. It includes many actual problems that arise when installing pipes on a project. This is the final exercise required in this book. The sketch clearly illustrates the job, and below, I have detailed each step needed to complete it.
Materials Necessary.—Six feet of 1-inch black pipe; four 1-inch black ells; two 1-inch tee; one 1-inch right and left coupling; oil.
Materials Necessary.—Six feet of 1-inch black pipe; four 1-inch black elbows; two 1-inch tees; one 1-inch right and left coupling; oil.
Tools Necessary.—Two 14-inch pipe wrenches, vise, pipe cutters, stock and 1-inch follower right and left die and reamer.
Tools Needed.—Two 14-inch pipe wrenches, a vise, pipe cutters, a stock and 1-inch right and left die, and a reamer.
The vise is made secure on a bench or post, care being taken before it is put in place to provide room enough to swing the stocks. A length of 1-inch pipe is put into the vise and the vise clamped around it. The end of the pipe that is to be threaded should stick out through the vise[112] about 9 inches. If there is a thread on this end, the dies should be run over it to make sure that it is a standard thread and to clean the threads. Before proceeding further with this exercise the dies and stocks will be described and their use shown.
The vise is secured on a bench or post, making sure there's enough space to swing the stocks before putting it in place. A length of 1-inch pipe is placed in the vise, which is then clamped around it. The end of the pipe that needs threading should extend about 9 inches through the vise[112]. If there's already a thread on this end, the dies should be used to ensure it's a standard thread and to clean the existing threads. Before moving on with this task, the dies and stocks will be explained, and their usage demonstrated.
Dies.—A full set of dies is taken. The full set of stocks and dies is composed of right and left dies from 1⁄8 inch up to 1 inch, with a guide for each size, also a small wrench with which to turn the set screws. The dies come in sets, two in a set. These are the Armstrong patent that I am describing. Take the stock and the handles, and a set of 1-inch right dies with the guides out of the box. The dies will have marked on them 1" R (if 1-inch left were wanted, the mark would be 1" L). The set screws are taken out of the stock and the dies inserted in their proper place. There is a deep mark on the edge of each die and under it a letter S. This letter means "standard." This mark on the die is set even with a similar mark on the stock and when the set screws are in place and tightened, a standard thread will be cut. There is an adjusting screw on the stock to make the proper adjustment on the dies.
Dies.—A complete set of dies is taken. The full set of stocks and dies includes right and left dies from 1⁄8 inch up to 1 inch, with a guide for each size, plus a small wrench to adjust the set screws. The dies come in pairs, two in a set. These are the Armstrong patent that I’m describing. Take the stock and the handles, along with a set of 1-inch right dies and the guides out of the box. The dies will be marked 1" R (if a 1-inch left die were needed, the mark would be 1" L). Remove the set screws from the stock and insert the dies in their correct position. There’s a deep mark on the edge of each die and a letter S underneath it. This letter stands for "standard." This mark on the die aligns with a similar mark on the stock, and when the set screws are tightened, a standard thread will be cut. There is an adjusting screw on the stock to ensure the dies are properly adjusted.
Stock.—The stock is taken and the handles are put into it. There are two sets of set screws on the stock, one set for holding the dies in place and the other set for adjusting the dies. On the stock there is a deep mark to correspond with the standard thread mark on the dies. On the opposite side of the stock there is a place for the follower and a set screw to hold it in place. After the stocks have been looked over and examined thoroughly, the 1-inch right dies are taken and inserted. Then the 1-inch follower is put in place. The tool is now ready to cut a 1-inch thread. Now take a piece of 1-inch pipe at least 15 inches long and put it in the vise, letting it extend out from the vise about 9 inches. The stock is now taken and the follower end is put on the pipe first and the dies brought up in place[113] to cut. The end of the pipe is allowed to enter in between the two dies so that the teeth of each die rest on the pipe. Now, holding the handles of the stock about 6 inches from the body of the stock and standing directly in front of the pipe, push and turn to the right at the same time and the dies will be started. Now put some oil on the dies and turn the stock, taking hold of the ends of the handles and standing at one side. The dies are run up on the pipe until the pipe extends through the face of the dies one thread. Oil is put on the pipe and the dies at least twice during the cutting. When the thread is long enough the stock is turned back a little and then forward a little and the loose chips are blown out from between the dies and pipe. If the dies are set right, a good clean standard thread will have been cut. This thread can now be cut off with the pipe cutters.
Stock.—The stock is prepared, and the handles are attached. There are two sets of set screws on the stock: one set holds the dies in place and the other adjusts them. There's a deep mark on the stock to align with the standard thread mark on the dies. On the opposite side, there's a spot for the follower and a set screw to secure it. After thoroughly checking the stocks, the 1-inch right dies are inserted. Then, the 1-inch follower is positioned. The tool is now ready to cut a 1-inch thread. Take a piece of 1-inch pipe that's at least 15 inches long and secure it in the vise, letting it stick out about 9 inches. Now, take the stock, place the follower end on the pipe first, and bring the dies into position to cut. Allow the end of the pipe to fit between the two dies so the teeth of each die rest on the pipe. Holding the handles of the stock about 6 inches from the body and standing directly in front of the pipe, push and turn to the right at the same time to start the dies. Next, add some oil to the dies and rotate the stock, gripping the ends of the handles and standing to one side. The dies should move up the pipe until the pipe extends through the face of the dies by one thread. Oil should be applied to both the pipe and the dies at least twice during the cutting process. When the thread is long enough, slightly turn the stock back, then forward, and blow out any loose chips from between the dies and pipe. If the dies are adjusted correctly, a clean, standard thread will have been cut. This thread can now be cut off using pipe cutters.
Pipe Cutters.—To cut pipe with a one-wheel pipe cutter is a simple matter. I will not dwell at length on the cutter itself. There are one-wheel and three-wheel cutters. We will use a one-wheel cutter tool. This cutter is forced into the surface of the pipe with a set screw having a long tee handle. The pressure that is brought to bear on the pipe while being cut is sufficient to cause a large burr to form on the inside of the pipe. Sometimes the pipe is completely crushed and rendered unfit for use. Therefore the user of these cutters should exercise care when cutting pipe. The pipe is put in the vise and the cutters are so put on the pipe that the pipe will be between the two rollers and the cutter wheel, the cutter resting on the mark that indicates the point at which the pipe is to be cut. The handle is screwed down and the cutters turned around the pipe; each time the cutters make a complete turn the handle is screwed down more. This procedure is continued until the furrow has been cut clear through the pipe.
Pipe Cutters.—Cutting pipe with a one-wheel pipe cutter is pretty straightforward. I won’t go into detail about the cutter itself. There are both one-wheel and three-wheel cutters, but we’ll focus on the one-wheel cutter. This tool is pressed into the pipe's surface using a set screw with a long tee handle. The pressure applied while cutting the pipe is enough to create a significant burr on the inside. Sometimes the pipe can even get crushed and become unusable. So, anyone using these cutters should be careful when cutting pipe. First, the pipe is secured in a vise, and the cutter is positioned so that the pipe sits between the two rollers and the cutting wheel, with the cutter resting on the mark that shows where to cut. The handle is tightened down, and the cutters are rotated around the pipe; each time the cutters make a full rotation, the handle is tightened further. This process continues until the groove is cut all the way through the pipe.
Cutting and Threading Nipples.—Nipples are short[114] pieces of pipe threaded on each end. Pieces of pipe longer than 6 inches are not called nipples. When a nipple is so short that the threads cut on each end meet in the center of the piece, the nipple is called a "close nipple." When there is a space of about 1⁄4 inch between the threads, it is called a "space or shoulder" nipple. To cut and thread these nipples a nipple chuck or nipple holder is necessary.
Cutting and Threading Nipples.—Nipples are short[114] pieces of pipe with threads on both ends. Pipes longer than 6 inches are not considered nipples. When a nipple is so short that the threads on each end meet in the middle, it’s called a "close nipple." If there’s about 1⁄4 inch of space between the threads, it’s known as a "space or shoulder" nipple. To cut and thread these nipples, you need a nipple chuck or nipple holder.
Nipple Holders.—Take a piece of 1-inch pipe about 12 inches long and on one end cut a thread that is 2 inches long. Take a 1-inch coupling and screw it on this end until the end of the pipe is almost through the end of the coupling. At least four threads should be allowed at this end of the coupling. Now we have a piece of pipe 12 inches long having a thread 2 inches long on one end with a coupling on the thread. This is called a nipple holder. Now, to cut a nipple, cut a thread on a piece of pipe and cut the pipe off at any desired length, say 2 inches. Put the nipple holder in the vise with the coupling out from the vise about 8 inches. Take the 2-inch piece of pipe with a thread on one end, screw this thread into the coupling until it touches the pipe that has been screwed through from the other end. Now the stocks having the 1 dies and the follower in are put on the pipe. The follower will not go over the coupling, therefore take the follower out of the stock. Now the[115] stock will slip over the coupling and the thread can be cut. With this procedure a nipple of any length can be cut. There are a number of patented nipple chucks on the market, but as they are not always at hand the above method is resorted to and serves every purpose.
Nipple Holders.—Get a piece of 1-inch pipe about 12 inches long and cut a 2-inch thread at one end. Take a 1-inch coupling and screw it onto this end until the pipe almost goes through the coupling. There should be at least four threads left exposed at this end of the coupling. Now you have a 12-inch long piece of pipe with a 2-inch thread on one end and a coupling attached. This is called a nipple holder. To cut a nipple, thread a piece of pipe and cut it to your desired length, for example, 2 inches. Place the nipple holder in a vise, with the coupling sticking out about 8 inches. Take the 2-inch piece of pipe with a thread on one end and screw this thread into the coupling until it touches the pipe that was pushed through from the other end. Now, place the stocks with the 1 dies and the follower onto the pipe. Since the follower won't fit over the coupling, remove it from the stock. Now the[115] stock will fit over the coupling, allowing you to cut the thread. This process lets you cut a nipple of any length. There are many patented nipple chucks available, but since they aren't always accessible, this method is used and works well.
Long Screws.—To cut a long screw which comes in use frequently on vent pipe work, a piece of pipe 12 inches long is taken and a regular length thread is cut on one end, and a thread 4 inches long is cut on the other end. Then a coupling is cut while screwed on a pipe, so that a lock nut about 1⁄2 inch wide is made. The description and use of these long screws will come under screw pipe venting.
Long Screws.—To cut a long screw that's commonly used for vent pipe work, take a piece of pipe that's 12 inches long. Cut a standard length thread on one end and a thread 4 inches long on the other end. Next, cut a coupling while it's screwed onto a pipe to create a lock nut about 1⁄2 inch wide. The details and application of these long screws will be covered under screw pipe venting.
Now that the proper use of the tools has been explained, we will proceed with the exercise according to the sketch. With a length of pipe in the vise and the 1-inch dies in the stock, run over the thread on the pipe. Note that all the measurements are center to center. Screw an elbow on the pipe and measure off the first length, which we will take as 12 inches center to center. Place the rule on the pipe with one end of it at the center of the opening of the elbow just screwed on. Mark 12 inches off on the pipe. This mark represents the center of another ell. Now take another ell and hold the center of one outlet on this mark. It will readily be seen that to have the measurement come right, the pipe must be cut off at a point where it will make up tight when screwed into the ell. Therefore, about 1 inch will have to be cut off, making the pipe 1 inch shorter than where it was first marked. Cut the pipe, and before taking it out of the vise make a thread on the pipe still in the vise. After the thread is cut, take the reamer and ream out the burr that is on the inside of the pipe caused by the pipe cutter. An elbow can be screwed on this pipe. The next measurement is marked off as explained, the pipe cut, then the piece in the vise threaded and reamed. The measurements must be accurate and the dies should be[116] adjusted to cut all threads the same depth. When the measurements are all out, there should be seven pieces of pipe, each piece having one thread. Now the threads on the other end can be cut except the 12 inch piece that screws into the right and left coupling. This thread is a left-handed thread and must be cut with the left dies. Change the dies now to the 1-inch left dies; turn the stock in the opposite direction of the right-hand thread, and the dies will cut the left thread. The pipe and the fittings can easily be put together as shown in the sketch by following the center to center measurements. The right and left coupling is the only fitting that will cause the beginner trouble. A right and left coupling can be used only when there is sufficient give to the pipe, that is, the two ends of the pipe to be coupled together are only 1⁄2 inch apart. To get the coupling in place to start the threads, the pipe must spread apart at least 2 inches. If the pipe cannot be spread that much, a right and left coupling cannot be used. The proper way to make up a right and left coupling is as follows:
Now that we've explained the proper use of the tools, let's move on to the exercise based on the sketch. Clamp a length of pipe in the vise and ensure the 1-inch dies are in the stock. Thread the pipe using the dies. Remember that all measurements are taken center to center. Attach an elbow to the pipe and measure out the first length, which we'll set as 12 inches center to center. Place the ruler on the pipe, aligning one end at the center of the elbow opening you just attached. Mark 12 inches on the pipe. This mark indicates the center of another elbow. Now take another elbow and position the center of one outlet on this mark. It's clear that in order to get the measurement right, the pipe needs to be cut at a point that will tighten when screwed into the elbow. So, you will need to cut off about 1 inch, making the pipe 1 inch shorter than where you initially marked it. Cut the pipe, and before removing it from the vise, create a thread on the section still in the vise. Once the thread is cut, use the reamer to smooth out the burr inside the pipe caused by the pipe cutter. You can now screw an elbow onto this pipe. Mark off the next measurement as explained, cut the pipe, and then thread and ream the piece in the vise. Accuracy in measurements is crucial, and the dies should be adjusted to cut threads to the same depth. Once everything is measured, there should be seven pieces of pipe, each with one threaded end. Now you can cut the threads on the other end of the pipes, except for the 12-inch piece that connects to the right and left coupling. This is a left-handed thread and must be cut with the left dies. Now switch to the 1-inch left dies; turn the stock in the opposite direction of the right-hand thread, and it will cut the left thread. The pipe and fittings can be assembled easily as shown in the sketch by following the center to center measurements. The right and left coupling is the only fitting that might give beginners trouble. A right and left coupling can only be used when there's enough give in the pipe, meaning the two ends to be connected are only ½ inch apart. To position the coupling and start the threads, the pipe must separate by at least 2 inches. If the pipe can’t be spread that much, then a right and left coupling won't work. Here's the right way to assemble a right and left coupling:
Screw home the coupling on the right thread. Mark with a piece of chalk on the coupling and the pipe showing a point on each where the coupling makes tight. Take off the coupling and count the turns and make note of the number. Now do the same on the left thread and make a note of the[117] number of threads. If the left thread has six turns and the right has four and one-half, then to insure that the left thread will be tight when the right thread is, the coupling must be put on the left thread one and one-half turns before it is started on the right thread. Now with four and one-half turns, the right and the left threads will both be tight. A little thought and practice will make this connection clear. If all the measurements in this exercise are not cut accurately, the right and left coupling will not go together.
Screw the coupling onto the right thread. Use a piece of chalk to mark a point on both the coupling and the pipe where they fit snugly together. Remove the coupling and count the turns, making a note of the number. Repeat this process on the left thread and record the[117] number of turns. If the left thread has six turns and the right has four and a half, then to ensure that the left thread is tight when the right thread is, the coupling should be put on the left thread one and a half turns before it starts on the right thread. With four and a half turns, both the right and left threads will be tight. A bit of thought and practice will make this connection clear. If any measurements in this exercise aren't precise, the right and left couplings won't fit together.
CHAPTER XIII
Cold Water Supply Test
The supplying of cold water to buildings and then piping it to the various fixtures makes a very interesting study. We have gone over the methods of laying and piping for the house service pipe. We will go over the different systems now employed to supply the water, quickly.
The delivery of cold water to buildings and its distribution to various fixtures is a fascinating topic. We've discussed the methods for installing and piping the house service line. Now, let's quickly review the different systems currently used to supply water.
Underground Water.—In thinly populated districts the well is still employed to supply water to the building. The water is brought to the surface by means of a large bucket or by means of a pump. A well point can be driven into the ground until water is reached and then the water can be brought to the surface by means of a pump operated by hand or by power. The water can be forced to a tank that is open and elevated, or forced into a tank that is closed and put under pressure. From either tank the water will flow to any desired outlets. A windmill can be employed to furnish power to operate the pump. Water supply that is received directly from underground is by far the best to use. A cesspool or outhouse must not be allowed on the premises with a well, otherwise the well will be contaminated and unfit for domestic use. An open well is not as sanitary as a driven well, as the surface water and leaves, etc., get into it and decay and pollute the water, and soon make it unfit for domestic use.
Underground Water.—In sparsely populated areas, wells are still used to provide water to buildings. Water is brought to the surface using a large bucket or a pump. A well point can be driven into the ground until water is reached, and then the water can be pumped to the surface using either a hand-operated or powered pump. The water can be pushed into an open, elevated tank or into a closed tank under pressure. From either tank, the water will flow to any desired outlets. A windmill can be used to supply power to operate the pump. Water obtained directly from underground sources is the best to use. It's important to keep cesspools or outhouses away from the premises with a well; otherwise, the well can become contaminated and unsuitable for domestic use. An open well is less sanitary than a driven well, as surface water, leaves, and other debris can get in and decay, polluting the water and making it unfit for domestic use.
Streams and Brooks.—The brooks and streams furnish a good source of supply for water to a building or community of buildings. The writer recently worked on a system of piping that supplied 15 or 20 buildings. The water supply came from a brook that was higher than the houses.[119] Each house had a separate pipe leading down from the brook into a tank from which the house was piped. The owner of the brook applied business ethics to the privileges of taking water from it. He had a scale of prices, and the highest-priced location was an inch or so below the bed of the brook, the next price was level with the bottom, the next cheaper 2 inches above the bottom. As the surface was reached, the privilege cost less. In the dry time of the year those at the bottom of the brook always had water while those at the top location had to wait for the water to rise, and had to do without water during the dry time. Where the stream is on a lower level than the building a hydraulic ram can be used.
Streams and Brooks.—The brooks and streams provide a good water supply for a building or a group of buildings. The writer recently worked on a piping system that supplied water to 15 or 20 buildings. The water came from a brook that was higher than the houses.[119] Each house had its own pipe running down from the brook into a tank, which then supplied the house. The owner of the brook applied business ethics to the permissions for drawing water. He had a pricing structure, with the highest price for a location just below the brook's bed, the next price for being level with the bottom, and a cheaper rate for 2 inches above the bottom. As the water surface got closer, the privilege cost less. During dry times, those at the bottom of the brook always had water, while those at the higher location had to wait for the water to rise and had to manage without water during the dry season. When the stream is lower than the building, a hydraulic ram can be used.
Rivers and Lakes.—Rivers and lakes make an abundant supply for water systems. A sluggish-moving river is bad, also a river that is used for carrying off the sewage of a town. Special provision is now made for the using of water that is polluted. A lake that is supplied by springs is by far the best source of supply. The water is pumped from the river or lake into a reservoir and then flows by gravity into mains and from the mains into the buildings. The water should always be filtered before it is allowed to enter the distributing mains.
Rivers and Lakes.—Rivers and lakes provide a plentiful supply for water systems. A slow-moving river is not ideal, nor is a river used for carrying away a town's sewage. There are now specific measures in place to handle polluted water. A lake fed by springs is by far the best source of supply. Water is pumped from the river or lake into a reservoir, then it flows by gravity into the mains and from the mains into the buildings. The water should always be filtered before it enters the distribution mains.
Water Pressure.—Pressure at a fixture or outlet so that the water will flow is generally obtained by the force of gravity. When this method is not sufficient, a pneumatic system is employed. This method is employed to force the water to the top floors or to supply the whole building in high structures. The pneumatic system requires a pump, an air-tight tank, and pipes to the various outlets. The water pumped into the air-tight tank will occupy part of the space generally occupied by the air. The air cannot escape and is, therefore, compressed. Continued pumping will compress the air until the limit of the apparatus is reached. If a valve or faucet that is connected with the[120] tank is opened, the air will expand and force the water out of the opening. This explains in a general way the operation of a pneumatic water-supply system. Water can be pumped into this air-tight tank from a well, cistern, river, lake, or from the city supply mains.
Water Pressure.—Pressure at a fixture or outlet that allows water to flow is usually achieved through gravity. When this method isn't enough, a pneumatic system is used. This system forces water to the upper floors or supplies the entire building in tall structures. The pneumatic system needs a pump, an airtight tank, and pipes leading to different outlets. The water pumped into the airtight tank takes up part of the space that would usually be filled with air. Since the air can't escape, it gets compressed. Ongoing pumping will compress the air until the system's limit is reached. If a valve or faucet connected to the [120] tank is opened, the air expands and pushes the water out of the opening. This provides a general explanation of how a pneumatic water supply system works. Water can be pumped into this airtight tank from a well, cistern, river, lake, or from the city's main supply.
Piping.—From the service pipe on which there has been placed a shut-off, a line of piping, full size, is run through the basement, overhead to a convenient place, perhaps to a partition in the center of the cellar. The pipe is brought down and connected into the end of a header. This header or banjo is made of Ts placed 4 inches center to center. From each T a line of pipe is run to each isolated fixture or set of fixtures (see Fig. 70). A stop and waste cock is placed on each line at such a point that all stop cocks will come in a row near the header. A small pipe is run from the waste of each stop and discharged into a larger pipe which connects with a sink. This way of running pipes while it is expensive makes a very neat and good job. Each stop cock has a tag on it stating explicitly what it controls. If the building is a large one a number of these panelled headers are used. A less expensive way to run this pipe is to branch off from the main at points where the branch pipe will be as short as possible and use as few fittings as possible. Stop and waste cocks are then placed on each[121] branch near the main.
Piping.—From the service pipe with a shut-off, a full-sized piping line runs through the basement, going up to a convenient spot, perhaps to a partition in the center of the cellar. The pipe is lowered and connected to the end of a header. This header or banjo is made of Ts spaced 4 inches apart. From each T, a line of pipe extends to each isolated fixture or set of fixtures (see Fig. 70). A stop and waste cock is installed on each line at a point where all stop cocks will be arranged in a row near the header. A small pipe is run from the waste of each stop and discharges into a larger pipe that connects with a sink. This piping method, while costly, results in a very neat and efficient setup. Each stop cock has a tag that clearly states what it controls. If the building is large, several of these panelled headers are used. A more economical way to run this pipe is to branch off from the main at locations where the branch pipe will be as short as possible and to use as few fittings as possible. Stop and waste cocks are then placed on each[121] branch near the main.
All pipe must follow the direct line of fitting with which it is connected. The line of pipe should be perfectly straight. If it seems necessary to bend the pipe to get around an obstacle, then good judgment has not been used in placing the fitting into which the pipe is screwed. The fitting should be re-located so that the pipe can be run without bending. To have true alignment of pipes the whole job or section of the job must be drawn out on paper first and any obstacles noted and avoided before the piping is cut. This not only saves time but it is also the forerunner of a good job. When getting measurements for piping the same rule or tape should be used to get out the pipe as was used to get the measurements.
All pipes must follow a straight line connecting to the fitting. The pipe should be perfectly straight. If you need to bend the pipe to go around something, then the fitting was not placed correctly. The fitting should be moved so that the pipe can run straight without bends. To ensure proper alignment of pipes, the entire project or section should be drawn out on paper first, noting and avoiding any obstacles before cutting the piping. This not only saves time but is also the key to a good job. When taking measurements for piping, the same ruler or tape measure used for measuring should be used to lay out the pipe.
The water main and branches that run through the basement of a building are generally hung on the ceiling. Rough hangers of wood, rope, or wire are usually used to hold the pipe in place at first, then neat and strong adjustable hangers are placed every 8 feet apart. There are in use too many kinds of hangers to explain or describe them here. The essential point of all good hangers is to have them strong, neat, and so made that perfect alignment of the pipe can be had. The hangers should be so placed that no strain will come on the fitting or the valves. A hanger should be placed near each side of unions so that when the union is taken apart neither side of the pipe will drop and bend. Hooks and straps should be used to hold vertical pipes rigid and in position. A vertical pipe should be so held in place that its weight will come on the hooks and straps that hold it rather than on the horizontal pipe into which it connects. Where there are six or eight horizontal lines of pipes close together, a separate hanger for each pipe makes a rather cumbersome job and it consumes considerable time to install them properly. A hanger having one support run under all the pipes will allow space for[122] proper alignment and adjustment for drainage. Allowance must be made on all lines of pipe for drainage. When a building is vacant during cold weather, the water is drawn off; therefore, the pipes should have a pitch to certain points where the pipes can be opened and the entire system drained of water.
The water main and branches that run through a building's basement are usually hung from the ceiling. Initially, rough hangers made of wood, rope, or wire are used to support the pipes, then tidy and strong adjustable hangers are installed every 8 feet apart. There are too many types of hangers to detail or describe here. The key point of all good hangers is that they should be strong, neat, and designed to maintain perfect alignment of the pipes. Hangers should be positioned to avoid putting strain on the fittings or valves. A hanger should be placed on either side of unions so that when the union is separated, neither side of the pipe drops and bends. Hooks and straps should be used to keep vertical pipes stable and in place. A vertical pipe should be supported in a way that its weight is placed on the hooks and straps instead of the horizontal pipe it connects to. When there are six or eight horizontal pipe lines close together, using a separate hanger for each pipe can be cumbersome and takes a lot of time for proper installation. A hanger with one support running underneath all the pipes will provide space for proper alignment and adjustment for drainage. All pipe lines must account for drainage. When a building is empty during cold weather, the water is drained, so the pipes should have a slope towards certain points where they can be opened to drain the entire system of water.
Kinds of Pipe.—The kind of pipe that is used for cold-water supply depends on and varies according to the kind of water, the kind of earth through which it runs, and the construction of the building. Wrought iron, steel, lead, brass, tin-lined brass, are in use.
Kinds of Pipe.—The type of pipe used for cold water supply depends on and varies based on the type of water, the type of ground it runs through, and the building's construction. Wrought iron, steel, lead, brass, and tin-lined brass are commonly used.
The supply pipe to every fixture should have a stop on it directly under the fixture. This will allow the water to be shut off for repairs to the faucet without stopping the supply of other fixtures.
The supply pipe for each fixture should have a shut-off valve located right underneath it. This will let you turn off the water for repairs to the faucet without affecting the supply to the other fixtures.
The making of perfect threads on pipe is an important matter, especially on water pipes. If the pipe and the dies were perfect, and the mechanic used sufficient oil in cutting, and the fittings were perfectly tapped to correspond to the dies used on the pipe, of course a perfect union between pipe and fitting would result and the joint would be found to be perfect on screwing the pipe home. As all the above conditions are not found on the job, threads are made tight by the use of red or white lead and oil. The lead is put on the thread and when the thread is made up the lead will have been forced into any imperfection that may be in the threads and the joint will then be water-tight. White lead and oil should be used on nickel-plated pipe as other pipe compounds are too conspicuous and look badly. A pipe compound should be used with discretion, for if too much is put on a burr of it will collect in the bore of the pipe and reduce it considerably. This is not tolerated, so only a small amount is used. Water pipes should be run in accessible places, making it possible to get at them in case of trouble. In climates that have freezing weather water pipes should not[123] be run in outside partitions. If it is found absolutely necessary to do so, as in the case of buildings which have no inside partitions on the first floor, the pipe should be properly covered and protected. The different methods of covering pipes are described in Chapter XV.
The creation of perfect threads on pipes is crucial, especially for water pipes. If the pipe and the dies are flawless, the mechanic uses enough oil while cutting, and the fittings are perfectly tapped to match the dies used on the pipe, then a great connection between the pipe and the fitting would naturally occur, making the joint perfect when the pipe is screwed in. Since these ideal conditions are rarely met in practice, threads are sealed tight with red or white lead and oil. The lead is applied to the threads, and when the threads are joined, the lead fills any imperfections in the threads, making the joint water-tight. White lead and oil are recommended for nickel-plated pipes because other pipe compounds can be too noticeable and unsightly. A pipe compound should be applied judiciously; too much can create a buildup inside the pipe, significantly narrowing it, which isn’t acceptable, so only a small amount is used. Water pipes should be installed in easily accessible locations, allowing for maintenance if issues arise. In areas with freezing temperatures, water pipes should not be installed in outside walls. If it's absolutely necessary, such as in buildings without interior partitions on the first floor, the pipes must be properly insulated and safeguarded. The various methods for covering pipes are detailed in Chapter XV.
CHAPTER XIV
Hot Water Heaters: Instantaneous Coil and
Storage Tanks, Return Circulation,
Hot Water Lines, and Expansion
The problem of supplying hot water to plumbing fixtures is one that has required years of study. Each job today demands considerable thought to make it a perfect and satisfactory hot-water system. We will find installations today where the water is red from rust, where there is water pounding and cracking. There are also jobs where the fixtures get practically no hot water. As each job or individual building has its own peculiar conditions, they must be solved by the designer or the mechanic, using the fundamental principles of hot-water circulation. We must first know how much hot water is to be used, also the location of the outlets and the construction of the building; then the size of the pipes and the size of the tanks and their locations can be settled. If the job is a large one, a pump may be employed to insure the proper circulation. After this the pipe sizes and connections can be worked out. The one great enemy of hot-water circulation is air. Therefore, no traps or air pockets should ever appear in the piping system. The boiler, as it is often referred to, is the hot-water storage tank. A copper or iron tank holding sufficient water to supply all fixtures, even when every fixture demands a supply at the same time, is installed in a convenient place and the heating arrangement connected with it. A thermostat can be placed on the system and the temperature of the water controlled. According to the size of the building the problem of furnishing the plumbing[125] fixtures with hot water increases.
The issue of providing hot water to plumbing fixtures has been a topic of extensive study over the years. Each job today requires careful planning to create an effective and dependable hot-water system. We encounter installations where the water is rusty, and there are issues with pounding and cracking. There are also cases where the fixtures receive hardly any hot water. Since every job or building has its unique conditions, the designer or technician must address these challenges using the basic principles of hot-water circulation. First, we need to determine how much hot water will be used, the locations of the outlets, and the construction of the building; then we can decide on the sizes and placements of the pipes and tanks. If the project is substantial, a pump may be used to ensure proper circulation. After that, we can finalize the pipe sizes and connections. The main enemy of hot-water circulation is air. So, there should never be traps or air pockets in the piping system. The boiler, often called the hot-water storage tank, is typically a copper or iron tank that holds enough water to supply all fixtures, even when they are all used simultaneously. This tank should be conveniently located and connected to the heating system. A thermostat can be added to control the water temperature. As the size of the building increases, the challenge of providing hot water to the plumbing fixtures grows as well.[125]
Methods of Heating Hot Water.—There are a number of ways of furnishing hot water. Some of the installations are listed below.
Ways to Heat Hot Water.—There are several methods for providing hot water. Some of the systems are listed below.
A cast-iron or brass water back is placed on the fire pot of a stove or furnace. A separate stove with the fire pot and water jacket is used. A coil of steam pipe is placed inside a hot-water boiler or tank. Gas coil heaters are connected with hot water storage tank, also gas coil instantaneous heaters are connected with the piping direct.
A cast-iron or brass water back is positioned on the fire pot of a stove or furnace. A separate stove that includes the fire pot and water jacket is utilized. A coil of steam pipe is installed inside a hot-water boiler or tank. Gas coil heaters are linked to a hot water storage tank, and gas coil instantaneous heaters are connected directly to the piping.
Combinations of the above systems are in use and serve the purpose for which they are intended. For instance, the tank can be connected with a coal range and a gas coil heater, heat being furnished by the range alone or the coil heater alone, or both can be used at the same time. This combination can be connected with the furnace in the cellar, and during the winter months, when the furnace is in use, the water can be heated by the furnace coil. In warm weather, when the furnace is out, the range can supply the necessary heat. In hot weather the coil gas heater can supply the heat.
Combinations of the systems mentioned above are currently in use and serve their intended purposes. For example, the tank can be connected to a coal stove and a gas coil heater, providing heat from either the stove or the coil heater alone, or both can work simultaneously. This setup can also be linked to the furnace in the basement, allowing the furnace coil to heat the water during the winter months when the furnace is operational. In warmer weather, when the furnace isn't in use, the stove can provide the necessary heat. During hot weather, the coil gas heater can supply the heat.
Connections of Tank and Heating Apparatus.—The ordinary house boiler or hot-water storage tank has four connections, two on top, one on the side, and one on the bottom. The top connections are used for the entrance of cold water into the tank and for the supply of hot water to the fixtures (see Fig. 71). The cold-water inlet has a tube extending into the tank below the side connection. This tube has a small hole filed in it about 6 inches from the top. This hole is to break any syphonic action that may occur at any time. The side connection is for the connection of the pipe coming from the top of the water back. The bottom opening in the tank is for the connection of the pipe coming from the lower water back connection, also for draining the boiler. The circulation of the water can be followed thus:[126] cold water enters the boiler in the tube and discharges into the boiler below the side connection. From here it flows out of the bottom connection into the water back, through the upper connection into the boiler, through the side opening, then to the top of the boiler and out to the fixtures through the fixture supply opening.
Connections of Tank and Heating Apparatus.—The standard house boiler or hot-water storage tank has four connections: two on top, one on the side, and one on the bottom. The top connections are for letting cold water into the tank and for supplying hot water to the fixtures (see Fig. 71). The cold-water inlet features a tube that extends into the tank below the side connection. This tube has a small hole drilled in it about 6 inches from the top. This hole is there to prevent any syphonic action that might happen at any time. The side connection is for the pipe coming from the top of the water back. The bottom opening in the tank is for the pipe coming from the lower water back connection and also for draining the boiler. The flow of the water goes like this:[126] cold water comes into the boiler through the tube and flows into the boiler below the side connection. From there, it moves out of the bottom connection into the water back, through the upper connection into the boiler, through the side opening, then to the top of the boiler and out to the fixtures through the fixture supply opening.
Fig. 69 shows a thermostatic control valve attached to the bottom of a heater coil, and at the side of storage tank. The best arrangement is at the bottom, for it does not shut off the gas supply until the boiler is full of hot water.
Fig. 69 shows a thermostatic control valve connected to the bottom of a heater coil and on the side of the storage tank. The ideal setup is at the bottom because it doesn't cut off the gas supply until the boiler is filled with hot water.
Connecting Tank and Coil Gas Heater.—The boiler and the coil gas heater have a different connection. The bottom of the tank and the bottom of the heater are connected. The top of the heater and the top of the boiler are connected. The accompanying sketch shows how this[127] connection is made. If the tee on the top of the boiler into which the gas-heater connection is made is not the first fitting and placed as close to the outlet as possible, the water will not circulate freely into the boiler. This connection according to the drawing should be studied and memorized.
Connecting Tank and Coil Gas Heater.—The boiler and the coil gas heater have different connections. The bottom of the tank connects to the bottom of the heater. The top of the heater connects to the top of the boiler. The attached sketch shows how this[127] connection is set up. If the tee at the top of the boiler, where the gas heater connects, isn’t the first fitting and isn’t as close to the outlet as possible, the water won’t circulate freely into the boiler. This connection, according to the drawing, should be reviewed and remembered.
Instantaneous Gas-heater Connections.—An instantaneous gas heater is placed in the basement. The copper coil in it is connected at the bottom with the cold-water supply and the top outlet of the coil is connected with the hot-water system of piping. There is no need of a storage tank with this heater. When a faucet is opened in any part of the hot-water piping system, the water passing through the water valve at the heater causes the gas valve to open so that the whole set of burners in the heater is supplied with gas, and the burners are lighted from a pilot light. When the faucet is closed, the gas supply is shut off and the burners are put out. The pilot is lighted all the time. Space will not permit going over these connections in detail.[128] It is a large field and requires considerable thought.
Instantaneous Gas-heater Connections.—An instantaneous gas heater is installed in the basement. The copper coil is connected at the bottom to the cold-water supply, and the top outlet of the coil connects to the hot-water piping system. There's no need for a storage tank with this heater. When a faucet is turned on anywhere in the hot-water piping system, the water flows through the valve at the heater, which opens the gas valve to supply gas to all the burners in the heater, ignited by a pilot light. When the faucet is turned off, the gas supply stops, and the burners go out. The pilot light remains lit at all times. Space doesn’t allow for a detailed explanation of these connections. It’s a broad topic that requires significant consideration.[128]
Safety and Check Valves.—When a meter is used on a water system, the water company demands that a check valve be placed on the hot-water system to prevent the hot water from being forced back into the meter in case the pressure got strong enough in the boiler. If a check valve is used for this purpose, or for any other purpose, a safety valve must be placed on the boiler piping system to relieve any excessive pressure that may be caused by having the check valve in use. There is today, with meters of modern type, no reason to use a check valve or a safety valve. If an excessive pressure is obtained in the boiler, it is relieved in the water main.
Safety and Check Valves.—When a meter is installed on a water system, the water company requires that a check valve be added to the hot-water system to stop hot water from flowing back into the meter if the pressure in the boiler becomes too high. If a check valve is used for this or any other reason, a safety valve must be installed on the boiler piping system to release any excess pressure that might result from having the check valve in place. Nowadays, with modern meters, there's no need for a check valve or a safety valve. If excessive pressure builds up in the boiler, it is released into the water main.
When water is heated, it expands. If the heat becomes more intense and steam is formed, the expansion is much greater, and some means must be provided to allow for it. This expansion can be allowed to relieve itself in the water main as explained above. When a check valve is placed on the piping, this means of escape is shut off and a safety valve must be employed. Without these reliefs, the pressure would be so great that an explosion would result. When steel pipe and steel boilers are used for storage tanks and connections, the pipe and tank will shortly start to rust and parts of the piping are stopped up with rust scales. The water also becomes red with rust when the water becomes hot enough to circulate. When the pipes are stopped up, steam is formed and a snapping and cracking sound is heard. To avoid these conditions, the piping should be of brass or lead and the storage tank should be of copper. The installation cost of brass and copper is greater than steel, but they will not have to be replaced in two or three years, as is the case with other material. A valve should be placed on the cold-water supply to control the entire hot-water piping system. A pipe with a stop cock should be placed underneath the boiler and should extend[129] into a sink in the basement so that the boiler can be drained at any time for cleaning or repairs.
When water is heated, it expands. If the heat gets intense and steam forms, the expansion significantly increases, so there needs to be a way to accommodate it. This expansion can be allowed to release in the water main, as mentioned earlier. When a check valve is installed on the piping, this escape route is blocked, so a safety valve must be used. Without these reliefs, the pressure could build up to the point of causing an explosion. When steel pipes and steel boilers are used for storage tanks and connections, they will soon start to rust, and parts of the piping will become clogged with rust scales. The water also gets discolored with rust when it heats up enough to circulate. When the pipes get clogged, steam forms, leading to a snapping and cracking sound. To prevent these issues, the piping should be made of brass or lead, and the storage tank should be copper. Although brass and copper have higher installation costs than steel, they won’t need replacement every two or three years like other materials do. A valve should be placed on the cold-water supply to control the entire hot-water piping system. A pipe with a shut-off valve should run beneath the boiler and extend into a sink in the basement, so the boiler can be drained at any time for maintenance or cleaning.
Connecting with Fixtures.—To have all fixtures properly supplied with hot water it is necessary to run what is termed a circulating pipe. This circulating pipe is a circuit of pipe extending from the top of the boiler to the vicinity of the fixtures and then returning to the boiler and connecting into the pipe leading out of the bottom of the boiler. From this circuit all branches are taken to supply all fixtures requiring hot water. This circulating pipe has hot water circulating through it all the time. Therefore the fixtures are supplied with hot water very quickly. The circulating pipe and its branches are run without any traps or air pockets.
Connecting with Fixtures.—To ensure all fixtures receive hot water properly, it's necessary to install what's called a circulating pipe. This circulating pipe is a loop that goes from the top of the boiler to the area near the fixtures and then returns to the boiler, connecting into the pipe that leads out from the bottom of the boiler. From this loop, all branches are taken to supply any fixtures that need hot water. This circulating pipe keeps hot water flowing through it continuously, which allows the fixtures to receive hot water very quickly. The circulating pipe and its branches are installed without any traps or air pockets.
When running the piping, it should be borne in mind that not only does the water expand when heated, but the pipe expands also. Therefore due allowance must be made for this expansion. The long risers should have an expansion[130] loop as shown in Figs. 73, 74 and 75. There are installed on some jobs what is known as an expansion joint. This will allow for the expansion and contraction of the pipe. The writer's experience with these joints has not been very satisfactory. After a while these joints begin to leak and they must have attention which in some cases is rather expensive. An expansion loop as shown in the sketch, made with elbows, will prove satisfactory. If the threads on the fittings and pipe are good, no leak will appear on this joint.
When installing the piping, keep in mind that not only does the water expand when heated, but the pipe does too. So, you need to account for this expansion. The long risers should have an expansion[130] loop as illustrated in Figs. 73, 74, and 75. Some projects use what’s called an expansion joint, which accommodates the pipe's expansion and contraction. However, my experience with these joints has been somewhat disappointing. After a while, they start to leak and require maintenance, which can be quite costly. An expansion loop, like the one shown in the sketch, created with elbows, will work well. If the threads on the fittings and pipe are in good condition, there shouldn't be any leaks at this joint.
All gas heaters must be connected with a flue to carry off the products of combustion.
All gas heaters must be connected to a flue to vent the combustion byproducts.
CHAPTER XV
Insulating Pipes to Prevent Conduction,
Radiation, Freezing, and Noise
Pipe Covering.—Pipe covering is another important branch of plumbing. A few years ago heating pipes were the only pipes that it was thought necessary to cover. The ever-increasing demands made by the public keep the wideawake plumber continually solving problems. The water running down a waste pipe, for instance, will annoy some people, and provision must be made to avoid this noise or to silence it. This is one of the many problems that the plumber must solve by the use of pipe covering.
Pipe Covering.—Pipe covering is another key aspect of plumbing. A few years ago, it was believed that only heating pipes needed to be insulated. However, the growing demands of the public keep the attentive plumber busy finding solutions. For example, the sound of water running down a waste pipe can be irritating to some people, so measures need to be taken to reduce or eliminate this noise. This is just one of the many issues the plumber addresses through the use of pipe covering.
Pipes that Need Covering.—First of all, the covering must be put on properly to be of high service. Hot-water circulating pipes need covering to reduce the amount of heat loss. If the pipes and the tank are not covered, considerable more fuel will be needed to supply the necessary amount of hot water than if the pipes and tank were covered with a good covering. Cold-water pipes need covering in places to keep them from freezing. They also need covering under some conditions to keep them from sweating. They are covered also to prevent the material which surrounds them from coming into direct contact with the pipe. Waste pipes need covering to prevent them from freezing and to silence the noise caused by the rush of water through them. Ice-water pipes are covered to prevent the water from rising in temperature and to prevent any condensation forming on the pipe. There is need for such a variety of covering that I have listed below some of them and the[132] methods employed for putting them on the pipe.
Pipes That Need Insulation.—First off, the insulation needs to be applied correctly to be effective. Hot-water circulating pipes require insulation to minimize heat loss. If the pipes and the tank are not insulated, significantly more fuel will be needed to provide the sufficient amount of hot water compared to if they were covered with good insulation. Cold-water pipes need insulation in certain areas to prevent freezing. They also require insulation under specific conditions to avoid sweating. Additionally, they are insulated to keep the surrounding material from making direct contact with the pipe. Waste pipes need insulation to prevent freezing and to reduce the noise caused by the water rushing through them. Ice-water pipes are insulated to keep the water from warming up and to stop any condensation from forming on the pipe. There is a need for a variety of insulation types, which I have listed below along with the[132] methods used for applying them to the pipes.
Magnesia, asbestos air cell, molded asbestos, wool felt, waterproof paper and wool felt, cork, hair felt. These coverings come in the form of pipe covering with a cloth jacket. They also come in the shape of fittings as well as in blocks and rolls of paper, and in powdered form. Any thickness that is desired may be had. The pipe covering is readily put on the pipe. The cloth jacket is pulled back a short distance and the covering will open like a book. It can then be clamped on the pipe and the jacket pulled back and pasted into place. Brass bands, 1 inch wide, come with the pipe covering. These are put on and the pipe covering is then held securely in place. Practically all the coverings are applied in this manner and are made up in 3-foot lengths to fit any size pipe. To cover the fittings and valves, the same kind of sectional covering can be obtained and applied in the same manner as the pipe covering. Plastic covering is often applied to the fittings and molded into the shape of the fitting. The plastic covering comes in bags and is dry. It is mixed with warm water to the consistency of thick cement and applied with a trowel. When the covering is put on the pipes and fittings, it should be done thoroughly to get satisfactory results. Each section of the covering has on one end an extra length of the jacket. This is to allow a lap over on the next section to make a tight joint. If the sections need fitting, a saw can be used and the covering cut to any desired length.
Magnesia, asbestos air cell, molded asbestos, wool felt, waterproof paper, and wool felt, cork, hair felt. These materials come as pipe covering with a cloth jacket. They also come in the form of fittings, as well as blocks and rolls of paper, and in powdered form. You can get any thickness you need. The pipe covering is easy to apply to the pipe. Just pull back the cloth jacket a little, and the covering will open like a book. Then you can clamp it on the pipe and pull the jacket back to glue it in place. Brass bands, 1 inch wide, are included with the pipe covering. These bands hold the pipe covering securely in place. Almost all the coverings are applied this way and come in 3-foot lengths to fit any size pipe. For the fittings and valves, you can get the same type of sectional covering and apply it the same way as the pipe covering. Plastic covering is often used for the fittings, shaped to fit them. The plastic comes in bags and is dry. It's mixed with warm water to a thick cement-like consistency and applied with a trowel. When applying the covering to the pipes and fittings, make sure to do it thoroughly for the best results. Each section of the covering has an extra length of the jacket on one end. This extra length allows for an overlap on the next section to create a tight joint. If you need to fit the sections, you can use a saw to cut the covering to the desired length.
Magnesia covering is employed mostly on steam pipes, especially high-pressure. This material can be had in the shape of pipe covering, in blocks, or cement.
Magnesia covering is mainly used on steam pipes, particularly high-pressure ones. This material is available as pipe covering, in blocks, or as cement.
Asbestos air cell covering is employed to cover hot-water circulating pipes. It is constructed of corrugated asbestos paper. This material is manufactured in the sectional pipe covering or in corrugated paper form.
Asbestos air cell covering is used to insulate hot-water circulating pipes. It's made from corrugated asbestos paper. This material is produced either as sectional pipe covering or in corrugated paper form.
Molded asbestos covering is also used on hot-water pipes,[133] and is manufactured in pipe covering or in blocks.
Molded asbestos covering is also used on hot-water pipes,[133] and is made in pipe coverings or blocks.
Wool felt covering is used mostly on hot-water pipes and makes one of the best coverings. It is lined with asbestos paper and covered with a cloth jacket.
Wool felt covering is primarily used on hot-water pipes and is one of the best insulators. It's lined with asbestos paper and covered with a fabric jacket.
Waterproof paper and wool felt is used on cold-water pipes and is made in 3-foot lengths. The covering is lined with waterproof paper and covered with a cloth jacket.
Waterproof paper and wool felt is used on cold-water pipes and is made in 3-foot lengths. The covering is lined with waterproof paper and wrapped with a cloth jacket.
Cork.—A heavy cork covering is one of the best coverings for ice-water pipes, and a light cork covering is used for cold-water pipes. This covering comes in sections as other coverings, also in blocks and sheets.
Cork.—A thick cork covering is one of the best insulators for ice-water pipes, while a lighter cork covering is used for cold-water pipes. This insulation is available in sections like other types of coverings, as well as in blocks and sheets.
Hair felt is used to prevent pipes from freezing. It comes in bales containing 150 to 300 square feet of various thicknesses.
Hair felt is used to stop pipes from freezing. It comes in bales that contain 150 to 300 square feet in different thicknesses.
CHAPTER XVI
"Durham" or "Screw Pipe" Work. Pipe and Fittings
"Durham" or "screw pipe" work is the name used to denote that the job is installed by the use of wrought-iron or steel screw pipe. We speak of a "cast-iron job" meaning that cast-iron pipe was used for the piping. A completely different method of work is used when screw pipe is employed for the wastes and vents. When screw pipe is to be used or considered for use, it is well to know something concerning the various makes of screw pipe. Nothing but galvanized pipe is ever used. The value of steel screw pipe and wrought-iron screw pipe should be studied, and every person interested should, if possible, understand how these different pipes are made and how the material of which they are composed is made. In some places one pipe is better than another and a study of their make-up would enlighten the user and allow him to use the best for his peculiar conditions. The maker's name should always be on the pipe. The following table shows the sizes, weights, and thicknesses of screw pipe:
"Durham" or "screw pipe" work refers to installations made using wrought-iron or steel screw pipes. When we say "cast-iron job," we mean that cast-iron pipes were used for the plumbing. A completely different approach is taken when screw pipes are used for drains and vents. If screw pipes are to be used or considered, it's important to know a bit about the different types available. Only galvanized pipes should ever be used. It's beneficial to understand the value of steel screw pipes and wrought-iron screw pipes, and everyone involved should try to learn how these different pipes are made and the materials they are made from. In some cases, one type of pipe is preferable over another, and understanding their construction can help the user choose the best option for their specific needs. The manufacturer's name should always be labeled on the pipe. The following table outlines the sizes, weights, and thicknesses of screw pipes:
Size | Thickness | No. threads per inch |
---|---|---|
1/4 | 0.140 | 111⁄2 |
1/2 | 0.145 | 111⁄2 |
2 | 0.154 | 111⁄2 |
21⁄2 | 0.204 | 8 |
3 | 0.217 | 8 |
3 1/2 | 0.226 | 8 |
4 | 0.237 | 8 |
5 | 0.259 | 8 |
6 | 0.280 | 8 |
Screw pipe work came into common use with the advance[135] of modern steel structures. Some difficulty had been experienced in getting the cast-iron pipe joints tight and to keep the pipe so anchored that it would not crack. The screw pipe was found to answer all of the requirements of modern structures and therefore has been used extensively. The life of screw pipe is not as long as extra heavy cast-iron pipe. This is the only serious objection to screw pipe, which must be renewed after a term of years, while extra heavy cast iron lasts indefinitely. Screw pipe is never used underground. When piping is required underground, extra heavy cast-iron pipe is used.
Screw pipe became widely used with the rise of modern steel structures. There were some challenges in making cast-iron pipe joints secure and ensuring the pipes were anchored properly to prevent cracking. Screw pipe met all the needs of modern structures, which is why it has been used so extensively. However, the lifespan of screw pipe isn't as long as that of extra-heavy cast-iron pipe. This is the main drawback of screw pipe, as it needs to be replaced after a certain number of years, while extra-heavy cast iron can last indefinitely. Screw pipe is never used underground; when piping is needed underground, extra-heavy cast-iron pipe is used.
PIPING
The pipe used in Durham work is galvanized extra heavy, or standard wrought-iron, or steel pipe. It is almost impossible to recognize wrought-iron from steel pipe without the aid of a chemical or a magnifying glass. To test the pipe to distinguish its base, take a sharp file and file through the surface of the pipe that is to be tested. If the pipe is steel, under a magnifying glass the texture of the filed surface will appear to be smooth and have small irregular-shaped grains, and there will also be an appearance of compactness. If the pipe is iron, the texture will have the appearance of being ragged and will show streaks of slag or black. When screw pipe is cut there is always left a large burr on the inside of the pipe. This burr greatly reduces the bore of the pipe and is a source of stoppage in waste pipes. After the pipe is cut this burr should be reamed out thoroughly. One of the strong points of screw pipe is the strength of each joint. Care should therefore be taken to see that perfect threads are cut on the pipe and that the threads of the fittings are perfect. The dies should be set right and not varied on each joint. There should be plenty of oil used when threads are cut so that the thread[136] will be clean and sharp. The follower or guide on stocks should be the same size as the pipe that is being threaded, otherwise a crooked thread will result. If a pipe-threading machine is used, the pipe is set squarely between the jaws of the vise that holds the pipe in place. When cutting a thread on a long length of pipe, the end sticking out from the machine must be supported firmly so that no strain will come on the machine as the pipe turns. It is necessary to cut crooked threads sometimes on the pipe to allow the pipe pitch for drainage or to bring the pipe into alignment where fitting would take up too much room. To cut a crooked thread on a piece of pipe, simply leave the follower out of the stock or put in the size larger. The dies not having a guide will cut a crooked thread. Piping should be run with as few threads as possible. With a thorough knowledge of and the intelligent use of fittings, a minimum number of threads will result.
The pipe used in Durham work is galvanized extra heavy, standard wrought iron, or steel pipe. It's nearly impossible to tell wrought iron from steel pipe without a chemical test or a magnifying glass. To test the pipe and determine its material, take a sharp file and file through the surface of the pipe that needs to be checked. If the pipe is steel, a magnifying glass will show that the filed surface texture looks smooth with small irregular-shaped grains, and it will also appear compact. If the pipe is iron, the texture will look ragged and display streaks of slag or black. When you cut screw pipe, a large burr is always left on the inside of the pipe. This burr significantly reduces the bore of the pipe and can cause clogs in waste pipes. After cutting the pipe, this burr should be thoroughly reamed out. One advantage of screw pipe is the strength of each joint. Therefore, it’s important to ensure that perfect threads are cut on the pipe and that the threads on the fittings are flawless. The dies should be aligned correctly and shouldn’t vary between joints. Use plenty of oil when cutting threads so that the threads[136] will be clean and sharp. The follower or guide on the stocks should match the size of the pipe being threaded; otherwise, the thread will be crooked. If you're using a pipe-threading machine, the pipe should be set squarely between the jaws of the vise that holds it in place. When cutting a thread on a long piece of pipe, the end sticking out from the machine must be supported firmly to avoid any strain on the machine as the pipe turns. Sometimes, you need to cut crooked threads on the pipe to allow for proper drainage pitch or to align the pipe where fitting would take up too much space. To cut a crooked thread, simply leave the follower out of the stock or use a larger size. Without a guide, the dies will cut a crooked thread. Piping should be installed with as few threads as possible. With a solid understanding and intelligent use of fittings, you can minimize the number of threads.
The pipes in a building are run in compact parallel lines in chases designed especially for them. The tendency is to confine the pipes to certain localities as much as possible. This makes a very neat job and in case repairs are needed, the work and trouble incurred will be confined to one section.
The pipes in a building are installed in tight parallel lines in channels specifically made for them. The goal is to keep the pipes in designated areas as much as possible. This creates a very tidy setup, and if repairs are necessary, the effort and disruption will be limited to one section.
FITTINGS
The fittings used in screw pipe work are cast-iron recess type (see Fig. 54). The fittings are so made that the inside bores of the pipe and the fittings come in direct line with each other, thus making a smooth inside surface at all bends. The fittings are all heavily galvanized. All fittings should be examined on the inside for any lumps of metal of sufficient size to catch solid waste matter, and these must be removed or the fitting discarded. All 90° bends, whether Ts or elbows, are tapped to give the pipe that connects with them a pitch of at least 1⁄4 inch to the foot. Except where[137] obligatory, 90° fittings should not be used. To make a bend of 90° a Y-branch, a nipple and a 45° bend should be used, or two 45° bends will make a long easy sweep of the drainage pipes and reduce the possibility of stoppage.
The fittings used in screw pipe work are made from cast iron with a recessed design (see Fig. 54). They are designed so that the inside diameters of the pipe and fittings align perfectly, creating a smooth interior surface at all bends. All fittings are heavily galvanized. Each fitting should be checked on the inside for any metal lumps large enough to trap solid waste, and these should be removed or the fitting replaced. All 90° bends, whether they are T-fittings or elbows, are angled to ensure the pipe connected to them has a slope of at least 1⁄4 inch per foot. Unless absolutely necessary, 90° fittings should be avoided. To create a 90° bend, use a Y-branch, a nipple, and a 45° bend, or simply use two 45° bends to create a long, gradual slope for the drainage pipes, which will help minimize the risk of clogs.
Y-branches are inserted every 30 feet at least to allow for a clean-out which can be placed in the branch of the fitting. When a clean-out is placed an iron plug should not be used. These plugs are not removed very often and an iron plug will rust in and be almost impossible to get out. Brass clean-out plugs are used and are easily taken out.
Y-branches are installed every 30 feet minimum to provide access for a clean-out that can be located in the branch of the fitting. When a clean-out is installed, an iron plug should be avoided. These plugs aren't removed frequently, and an iron plug will rust in place, making it nearly impossible to remove. Brass clean-out plugs are used instead, as they can be easily removed.
At times it is necessary to connect cast iron and wrought iron, or in a line where a union could be used if the pipe were not a waste pipe, a tucker fitting is used. This fitting is threaded on one end and has a socket on the other to allow for caulking. To get a good idea of all the fittings in general use, the reader should get a catalogue from one of the fitting manufacturers and a survey of it will give the names and sizes of the fittings. However, I show a few common ones. In the writer's opinion, the studying of the catalogue would be of more benefit than a description of fittings at this point. The sizes used and the methods employed to vent the waste-pipe systems are the same as in cast-iron work.
At times, it's necessary to connect cast iron and wrought iron, or in a situation where a joint could be used if the pipe weren't a waste pipe, a tucker fitting is used. This fitting is threaded on one end and has a socket on the other for caulking. To really understand all the fittings commonly used, the reader should get a catalog from one of the fitting manufacturers, and reviewing it will provide the names and sizes of the fittings. However, I'll show a few common ones here. In my opinion, studying the catalog would be more helpful than a description of fittings at this point. The sizes used and the methods employed to vent the waste-pipe systems are the same as in cast-iron work.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
The hanging of screw pipe is a very essential point. The taking of the strain off from a fitting or line of pipe by the use of a hanger is the means of avoiding serious trouble after a job is completed. On horizontal runs hangers are placed not more than 8 feet apart. In a building constructed of wood, the hangers are secured to the joists. In a building constructed of steel beams and concrete the hangers are secured to the steel beams by means of I-beam hangers that clamp on the beams; also in the case of concrete the hangers are extended through the floor and a T[138] is put on the hanger on top of the cement floor; an iron bar or a short piece of smaller pipe run through the T holds the hanger in place and secures it rigidly. The finished floor is laid over the hanger so that it does not show from the top. Hangers on the vertical lines should be placed at every joint and under each fitting. To have the pipe in true alignment, the hangers must be hung and placed in line. Every riser line must have an extra support at the base to avoid any settling of the stack which will crack the fittings and break fixture connections.
The hanging of screw pipe is a crucial aspect. Using a hanger to relieve the strain from a fitting or section of pipe helps prevent serious issues after a job is finished. For horizontal runs, hangers should be placed no more than 8 feet apart. In wooden buildings, hangers are attached to the joists. In buildings made of steel beams and concrete, hangers are fixed to the steel beams using I-beam hangers that clamp onto the beams; in the case of concrete, the hangers extend through the floor and a T[138] is placed on the hanger above the cement floor; an iron bar or a short piece of smaller pipe threaded through the T holds the hanger in place securely. The finished floor is laid over the hanger so it doesn’t show from the top. Hangers for vertical lines should be placed at every joint and beneath each fitting. To maintain proper alignment, the hangers must be hung and positioned in line. Every riser line needs additional support at the base to prevent settling of the stack, which can crack the fittings and damage fixture connections.
MEASUREMENTS
The proper installation of screw pipe work requires getting correct and accurate measurements. Every plumber is or should be able to get correct center to center, center to end, end to end, center to back, and end to back measurements. In Durham work 45° angles are continually occurring. To get these measurements correctly, the following table has been compiled as used by the author and found to be correct. The reader should memorize it so that it may be used without referring to the book.
The right way to install screw pipe work involves taking accurate measurements. Every plumber should be able to obtain correct measurements, including center to center, center to end, end to end, center to back, and end to back. In Durham work, 45° angles come up frequently. To obtain these measurements accurately, the following table has been created based on the author's experience and proven to be correct. Readers should memorize it so they can use it without having to refer back to the book.
Metrics
Soil pipe | Screw pipe | Multiplier |
---|---|---|
1/6 bend | 60 | 1.15 |
1⁄8 | 45 | 1.41 |
1⁄12 | 30 | 2.00 |
1⁄16 | 221⁄2 | 2.61 |
1⁄32 | 111⁄4 | 5.12 |
1⁄64 " | 5/8 | 10.22 |
Before any measurements are taken, the lines of pipe are laid out and the position of each fitting known. As I have stated before, the plumber must look ahead with his[139] work. He must have the ability of practically seeing the pipe in place before the work is started. This requires experience and judgment. Before the measurements are taken and the pipe cut consideration must be given to the fact that the fittings and pipes must be screwed into position. Therefore, "can the fitting on the pipe be placed where it is laid out when this is considered?" must be one of the many questions a plumber should ask himself. Allowance must be made for the chain tongs to swing. Whenever possible, a fitting is made up on the pipe while the pipe is in the vise.
Before any measurements are taken, the pipes are laid out and the position of each fitting is known. As I've mentioned before, the plumber needs to think ahead with their work. They should be able to almost visualize the pipes in place before they start. This requires experience and good judgment. Before taking measurements and cutting the pipes, consideration must be given to the fact that the fittings and pipes will need to be screwed into position. So, one of the many questions a plumber should ask themselves is, "Can the fitting on the pipe be placed where it's laid out when this is considered?" There must also be room for the chain tongs to swing. Whenever possible, a fitting is assembled on the pipe while the pipe is in the vise.
FIXTURE CONNECTIONS
The fixture connections when screw pipe is used are necessarily different than when cast-iron pipe is used. A brass nipple is wiped on a piece of lead pipe and then screwed into the fitting left for the closet connection. The lead is flanged over above the floor and the closet set on it. The lead is soldered to a brass flange. The brass flange is secured to the floor and then the closet bowl secured to the brass flange. Another method employed is to screw a brass flange into the fitting so that when it is made up the flange will come level with the floor; the closet bowl is then secured to this flange. There are a number of patented floor flanges for closet bowl connections that can be used to[140] advantage. Slop sinks have practically the same connections as the closets. Other fixtures such as the urinal, lavatory, and bath, can be connected with a short piece of lead wiped on a solder nipple, or the trimmings for the fixture can be had with brass having iron pipe size threads, and the connection can then be made directly with the outlet on the waste line. This is a very general way to describe the connections, but space will not allow a detailed description of these connections. It is always well to allow for short lead connections for fixtures so that the lead will give if the stack settles.
The fixture connections when using screw pipes are different from those with cast-iron pipes. A brass nipple is attached to a piece of lead pipe and then screwed into the fitting designated for the toilet connection. The lead is flanged over the floor, and the toilet is set on top of it. The lead is soldered to a brass flange, which is secured to the floor, and then the toilet bowl is attached to the brass flange. Another method is to screw a brass flange into the fitting so that, when assembled, the flange is level with the floor; the toilet bowl is then secured to this flange. There are several patented floor flanges for toilet bowl connections that can be used effectively. Slop sinks generally have similar connections as toilets. Other fixtures like urinals, sinks, and bathtubs can be connected using a short piece of lead soldered to a nipple, or the fittings for the fixture can be available in brass with iron pipe size threads, allowing for a direct connection to the wastewater outlet. This is a broad overview of the connections, but space doesn't permit a detailed account. It's always a good idea to allow for short lead connections for fixtures to ensure that the lead can flex if the stack settles.
CHAPTER XVII
Gas Fitting, Pipes and Fittings, Threading, Measuring,
and Testing
GAS AND ITS USE IN BUILDINGS
Gas is in common use in all classes of buildings today. Dwellings use it for cooking and illuminating, factories, office buildings, and public buildings for power. In some parts of the country natural gas is found. In these places it is used freely for heating fuel. The actual making of gas is something that every plumber should understand. If space permitted I would describe a gas plant with all of its by-products. However, we shall deal only with the actual installation of gas piping in buildings. Gas mains are run through the streets the same as water mains are run. Branches are taken off these mains and extended into the buildings requiring gas. The gas company generally installs the gas service pipe inside of the basement wall and places a stop cock on it free of charge. This stop that is placed on the pipe is a plug core type, the handle for turning it off is square, and a wrench is required to turn it. The square top has a lug on it. There is also a lug corresponding to it on the body of the valve. When the valve is shut off, these two lugs are together. Each lug has a hole in it large enough for a padlock ring to pass through. This gives the gas company absolute control of the gas in the building.
Gas is commonly used in all types of buildings today. Homes use it for cooking and lighting, and factories, office buildings, and public buildings use it for power. In some areas of the country, natural gas is available, and in those places, it is used extensively for heating. Understanding how gas is made is important for every plumber. If there was more space, I would explain how a gas plant works and all its by-products. However, we will focus only on the actual installation of gas piping in buildings. Gas mains run through the streets just like water mains. Branches are taken off these mains and extended into the buildings that require gas. The gas company typically installs the gas service pipe inside the basement wall and places a stopcock on it at no charge. This stopcock is a plug core type, and it has a square handle that requires a wrench to operate. The square top has a lug on it, which matches a corresponding lug on the valve body. When the valve is closed, the two lugs are together. Each lug has a hole large enough for a padlock ring to fit through, allowing the gas company complete control over the gas supply in the building.
Setting of the Meter.—Every building that is supplied with gas has a meter that registers the amount of gas consumed. This meter is placed on the service pipe on the[142] house side of the above-mentioned stop cock. This meter is furnished free of charge with a trivial charge made for setting up. The actual setting of this meter is not made until the piping throughout the building has had a thorough and satisfactory test and is found free from all leaks. The meter must be set level on a substantial bracket and in a place, if possible, where it will not require an artificial light to read its dial. The dry meter is usually used in dwellings. The interesting construction and mechanism of this meter cannot be discussed here.
Setting of the Meter.—Every building that uses gas has a meter that tracks the amount of gas used. This meter is installed on the service pipe on the[142]house side of the mentioned shut-off valve. The meter is provided at no cost, though there's a small fee for installation. The actual installation of this meter doesn't happen until the piping throughout the building has been thoroughly tested and confirmed to be leak-free. The meter needs to be installed level on a sturdy bracket and, if possible, in a spot where you can read its dial without needing artificial light. The dry meter is typically used in homes. The fascinating design and mechanics of this meter aren't covered here.
The reading of the dials on a gas meter comes in the province of the plumber and he should be able to read them. The sketch shows the dial plate of a meter. The ordinary house meter has only three recording dials. Large meters have five or more. To read the amount of gas consumed according to the meter we will read the dials as they are indicated on Fig. 77. We will call the four dials No. 1, No. 2, No. 3 and No. 4. In each of these dials a complete revolution of the index hand denotes 1,000, 10,000, 100,000 and 1,000,000, cubic feet respectively. The index hands on No. 1 and No. 3 revolve in the same direction, while No. 2 and[143] No. 4 revolve in the opposite direction. Two ciphers are added to the figures that are indicated on the dials and the statement of the meter will be had. To tell just how much gas has been consumed in a given time, the statement of the meter is taken at the beginning of this given time and at the end of the time. The difference in the figures indicates the number of cubic feet of gas that have been consumed. A gas cock should be placed on the house side of the meter. The dials of meter read 658,800 cubic feet. The dial having the highest number is read first No. 4 dial points to 6, this indicates that No. 3 dial has revolved 6 times. Dial No. 3 reads 5, therefore the reading of dial No. 3 and No. 4 is 65. Dial No. 2 reads 8 making the readings of the three dials 658. Dial No. 1 reads 8 making the readings of the four dials 6588 add two ciphers to this figure and 658,800 is the correct reading.
The process of reading a gas meter falls under the plumber’s expertise, and they should know how to do it. The diagram displays the dial plate of a meter. A standard household meter has three recording dials, while larger meters have five or more. To determine the amount of gas used according to the meter, we'll read the dials as indicated on Fig. 77. We'll label the four dials as No. 1, No. 2, No. 3, and No. 4. Each complete revolution of the index hand on these dials represents 1,000, 10,000, 100,000, and 1,000,000 cubic feet, respectively. The index hands on No. 1 and No. 3 turn in the same direction, while No. 2 and No. 4 turn in the opposite direction. We add two zeros to the numbers shown on the dials to get the reading from the meter. To find out how much gas has been consumed over a specific period, you take the reading from the meter at the start and at the end of that period. The difference in the numbers shows how many cubic feet of gas were used. There should be a gas cock on the house side of the meter. The meter reads 658,800 cubic feet. To read this, we start with the dial that has the highest number: the No. 4 dial points to 6, indicating that the No. 3 dial has turned 6 times. The No. 3 dial reads 5, so combining the readings of dials No. 3 and No. 4 gives us 65. The No. 2 dial reads 8, bringing the total of the three dials to 658. The No. 1 dial also reads 8, making the total for all four dials 6588. Adding two zeros to this number gives us the correct reading of 658,800.
Pipe and Fittings.—The pipe used in gas fitting is wrought iron or steel. In special places, rubber hose is used. Brass pipe is occasionally used to advantage. The fittings used in iron pipe gas work should be galvanized. No plain fittings should be allowed. The plain fittings very often have sand holes in them and a leak will result. Sometimes this leak does not appear until after the piping has been in use some time and the expense of replacing the fitting can only be guessed at. By using galvanized fittings, this trouble will be eliminated. All fittings used should be of the beaded type. The fitting and measurement of this work is practically the same as described under iron pipe work. To have the beginner get a clearer idea of gas-piping a building, the piping of the small building sketched will be gone over in detail and studied. One of the first important steps that a gas fitter is confronted with is the locating of the various lights and openings. With these located as shown on the plan, Figs. 78, 79 and 80, we will proceed to work out the piping. The first floor rise will be[144] 1-inch, the second floor will be 1-inch. The horizontal pipe supplying the first floor outlets will be 3⁄4-inch pipe. The horizontal pipe on the second floor will be 3⁄4-inch. The balance of the pipe will be 3⁄8- or 1⁄2-inch. At this point your attention is called to the sketch of piping, sizes, and measurements. This sketch should be studied and understood in detail. The good mechanic will employ a sketch of this kind when installing any piping. The poor mechanic[145] will take two or three measurements and get them out, put them in, and then get some more. This method is extremely costly and unworkmanlike. There is no reason, except the ability of the workman, why he cannot take a building like the sketch and get all the piping measurements for the job, then get them out, go to the job and put them in. The amount of time saved in this way is so great that a workman should not consider himself a full-fledged mechanic until he can get the measurements this way, and get them accurately. With a tape line, gimlet, and plumb-bob, a mechanic is fully equipped with tools to get his measurements. If the measurements are taken with a tape line, the same tape line should be used when measuring the pipe and cutting it. When laying out the piping, never allow a joist to be cut except within 6 inches of its bearing. It is good policy never to cut timber unless absolutely necessary and then only after consulting with the carpenter. When joists have to be notched they should be cut only on the top side. The pipe as it is put in place should be braced rigidly. Wherever there is an outlet pipe extending through the wall, the pipe should be braced from all sides so that when the fixture is screwed in it will[146] be perfectly rigid.
Pipe and Fittings.—The pipe used in gas fitting is made of wrought iron or steel. In specific situations, rubber hoses are used. Brass pipes can occasionally be beneficial. The fittings used in iron pipe gas work should be galvanized, and plain fittings should be avoided. Plain fittings often have sand holes, leading to leaks. Sometimes, these leaks don’t show up until after the piping has been in use for a while, making it hard to estimate the cost of replacing the fitting. Using galvanized fittings will eliminate this problem. All fittings should be of the beaded type. The fitting and measurement process is generally the same as described for iron pipe work. To help beginners understand gas-piping for a building, we will examine and study the piping of the small building shown in the sketch. One of the first important steps for a gas fitter is locating the various lights and openings. With these positioned as indicated on the plan, Figs. 78, 79 and 80, we will proceed to work out the piping. The first floor rise will be 1-inch, and the second floor will also be 1-inch. The horizontal pipe supplying the first floor outlets will be ¾-inch pipe. The horizontal pipe on the second floor will also be ¾-inch. The remaining pipe will be either ⅜-inch or ½-inch. At this point, pay attention to the sketch of piping, sizes, and measurements. This sketch should be thoroughly studied and understood. A skilled mechanic will use a sketch like this when installing any piping. A less skilled mechanic will take a couple of measurements, make some cuts, and then take more measurements. This approach is significantly more costly and unprofessional. There’s no reason, aside from the worker's skill level, that he cannot take a building like the sketch, get all the piping measurements needed, and then go to the job to install them. The time saved this way is substantial, and a worker should not consider himself a full-fledged mechanic until he can take accurate measurements this way. With a tape measure, gimlet, and plumb bob, a mechanic has all the tools needed to get his measurements. If measurements are taken with a tape measure, the same tape should be used for measuring and cutting the pipe. When laying out the piping, never cut a joist more than 6 inches from its support. It’s best to avoid cutting timber unless absolutely necessary, and then only after consulting with the carpenter. When joists must be notched, they should be cut only on the top side. The pipe should be securely braced as it is installed. Wherever there is an outlet pipe running through the wall, it should be braced from all sides so that when the fixture is installed, it will be perfectly stable.
The measurements on the piping sketch, Fig. 81, are taken from the accompanying sketch of a dwelling, and if they were to be actually put in, they would fit. The reader would do well to copy this sketch and follow the piping and check the measurements according to the plan, and note how the different risers, drops, etc., are drawn. It is not necessary in a sketch of this kind to draw to a scale. After the different measurements are the letters C.C., E.C., E.E., C.B. and E.B., meaning center to center, end to center, end to end, center to back, and end to back, respectively. Offsetting pipe is a very convenient way of getting the pipe or fittings back to the wall for support.[147] To offset pipe properly and with little trouble, take a piece of scantling 2 by 4 and brace it between the floor and ceiling. Bore a few different-sized holes through it and you will have a very handy device for offsetting pipe. There is a little trick in offsetting pipe that one will have to practice to obtain. The pipe must be held firmly in the place where the pipe is to be bent. Large offsets and bends should not be made; 2 to 4 inches is as large as should be used. Larger offsets that are required should be made with fittings. Always make the offsets true and have the ends perfectly straight. Before putting a piece of pipe permanently in place, always look or blow through it, to ascertain if its bore is obstructed or not. Sometimes dirt or slag will collect and cause stoppage.
The measurements on the piping sketch, Fig. 81, are taken from the accompanying drawing of a house, and if they were actually implemented, they would fit. It would be helpful for the reader to copy this sketch, follow the piping, check the measurements against the plan, and note how the various risers, drops, etc., are illustrated. It’s not necessary for sketches like this to be to scale. After the different measurements, you'll see the letters C.C., E.C., E.E., C.B., and E.B., which stand for center to center, end to center, end to end, center to back, and end to back, respectively. Offsetting pipe is a very convenient way to position the pipe or fittings back against the wall for support.[147] To properly offset pipe with minimal hassle, take a piece of 2 by 4 lumber and brace it between the floor and ceiling. Drill a few different-sized holes through it, and you'll have a very useful device for offsetting pipe. There’s a little technique to offsetting pipe that requires some practice to master. The pipe must be held securely where it needs to be bent. Avoid making large offsets and bends; 2 to 4 inches is the maximum you should use. Larger offsets should be made with fittings. Always ensure the offsets are straight and the ends perfectly aligned. Before permanently installing a piece of pipe, be sure to look or blow through it to check for any obstructions in the bore. Sometimes dirt or slag can accumulate and cause a blockage.
Reading the Pipe Sketch.—Vertical lines represent vertical pipes (see Fig. 81). Horizontal lines represent horizontal pipes running parallel to the front. Diagonal lines represent horizontal pipes running from back to front. Any line that is drawn perpendicular to any other line stands for a horizontal pipe. A diagonal line separating a vertical line or horizontal line or set of lines represents a different horizontal plane. With this explanation the sketch will be made clear to one after drawing it. The reader should now take each measurement and check it on the plan. This is easily done by using a scale rule. The height of the ceiling is 81⁄2 feet on the first floor, the second floor is 8 feet. The first floor joists are 10 inches, the second floor joists are 9 inches. An outlet is indicated by a small circle. In the piping sketch, this circle is connected with the riser or drop by a horizontal line. At the junction of these two lines a short perpendicular line is drawn, and indicates the direction of the outlet.
Reading the Pipe Sketch.—Vertical lines represent vertical pipes (see Fig. 81). Horizontal lines show horizontal pipes running parallel to the front. Diagonal lines depict horizontal pipes running from back to front. Any line that is perpendicular to another line represents a horizontal pipe. A diagonal line separating a vertical line or horizontal line or set of lines indicates a different horizontal plane. With this explanation, the sketch will be clear once it’s drawn. The reader should now take each measurement and check it on the plan. This is easy to do with a scale ruler. The height of the ceiling is 81⁄2 feet on the first floor, and the second floor is 8 feet. The first floor joists are 10 inches, while the second floor joists are 9 inches. An outlet is shown by a small circle. In the piping sketch, this circle is connected to the riser or drop by a horizontal line. At the junction of these two lines, a short perpendicular line is drawn, indicating the direction of the outlet.
Let me again emphasize the need to understand thoroughly this piping sketch, and to become so familiar with it that it can readily be put to use. The value of a mechanic[148] is determined by the quality and the quantity of work that he can turn out; and a mechanic who can lay out his work and see it completed before he starts, and then proceeds to install his work, is by far of more value to his employer than the man who can see only far enough ahead to cut out two or three measurements and spends most of his time walking between the vise and place of installing the pipe.
Let me remind you once again of the importance of fully understanding this piping sketch and getting so familiar with it that you can use it easily. A mechanic's value[148] is judged by the quality and quantity of work they can produce; a mechanic who can plan their work and visualize it completed before starting, and then efficiently install it, is much more valuable to their employer than someone who can only think a few steps ahead to take a couple of measurements and spends most of their time walking between the vise and the installation site.
Testing.—The system of gas piping must be tested before the pipes have been covered by the advance of building operations. If the job is of considerable size, the job can be tested in sections, and if found tight the sections can be covered. The necessity of having the piping rigidily secured can be appropriately explained here. If the test has been made and the system found tight and some pipe that is not securely anchored is accidentally or otherwise pushed out of place and bent by some of the mechanics working about the building, a leak may be caused and yet not discovered until the final test is made after the plastering is finished. The expense and trouble thus caused is considerable and could have been avoided by simply putting in the proper supports for the pipe.
Testing.—The gas piping system must be tested before the pipes are covered up by ongoing construction work. If the project is large, it can be tested in sections, and if each section is tight, it can be covered. It's important to ensure the piping is securely fastened. If the test is done and the system is tight, but a section of pipe that isn't anchored properly gets moved or bent by workers on site, a leak could happen and might not be discovered until the final test is done after the plastering is completed. The resulting costs and issues can be significant and could have been prevented by properly supporting the pipes.
To test the piping, an air pump and a gage connected with the pipes are placed in a convenient position. The job should now be thoroughly gone over, making sure that all plugs and caps are on and that no outlet is open, also that all pipe that is to be put in has been installed. After this has been attended to, the pump is operated until 10 pounds is registered on the gage. The connection leading to the pump and the piping is now shut off. If the gage drops rapidly, there is a bad leak in the system. This leak should be found without difficulty and repaired. If the gage drops slowly, it denotes a very small leak, such as a sand hole or a bad thread. This kind of leak is more troublesome to find. When it has been found, the pipe or[149] fitting causing the leak should be taken out and replaced. If black caps have been used to cap the outlets, the chances are that a sand hole will be found in one of them. Nothing but galvanized fittings should be used. In case the small leak mentioned above cannot be found by going over the pipe once, there are other means of locating the leak. Two of the methods used, I will explain. If the job is small, each fitting is painted with soap suds until the fitting is found that causes the leak. If the leak is not in the fittings, then the pipe can be gone over in the same way. As soon as the soap suds strikes the leak, a large bubble is made and the leak discovered. It is possible that there are more leaks, so the gage is noted and if it still drops, the search should be continued. The pump should be operated to keep the pressure up to 10 pounds while the search is being made for the leak. When the gage stands at 10 pounds without dropping, the job is then tight. The pump and gage fitting should be gone over first to ascertain if they leak. The other method employed to discover leaks is to force a little ether or oil of peppermint (not essence) into the system by means of the pump. A leak can readily be noted by the odor. To make this method successful, the ether or peppermint should not be handled by the men who are to hunt for the leak. The bottle containing the fluid should not be opened in the building except to pour some into the piping, otherwise the odor will get into the building and as the odor comes out of the leak it will not be noted. For the benefit of the gas fitter, the piping should be tested again after the plastering is completed. The next test is made when the fixtures are put on, and as the piping is tight any leak that develops in this test indicates that the fixtures leak. There are in common use various methods to stop leaks in gas pipe when they are found. If a piece of piping or a fitting is defective, it should be taken out and replaced. This should be remembered so that while the piping is being[150] installed any defects should be noted and the defective fitting or pipe thrown out. Before the gas job is accepted, the gas company will inspect it and look for traps and sags in the pipe. Therefore, the piping should be installed without any traps and it should be arranged to pitch toward the meter, or toward a convenient place from which any condensation can be taken out. If provision is not made for this condensation, it will accumulate and stop the flow of gas.
To test the piping, an air pump and a gauge connected to the pipes are placed in a convenient location. The job should now be thoroughly reviewed to ensure that all plugs and caps are in place and that no outlets are open, as well as confirming that all the pipe that needs to be installed has been put in. Once that's done, the pump is operated until the gauge registers 10 pounds. The connection leading to the pump and the piping is then shut off. If the gauge drops rapidly, there's a serious leak in the system that should be found and repaired easily. If the gauge drops slowly, it indicates a small leak, like a sand hole or a bad thread, which is trickier to locate. When found, the pipe or[149]fitting causing the leak should be removed and replaced. If black caps were used to seal the outlets, there’s a good chance that a sand hole will be found in one of them. Only galvanized fittings should be used. If the small leak mentioned earlier can’t be found on the first check, there are other ways to locate it. I’ll explain two methods. If the job is small, each fitting can be coated with soap suds until the leaking fitting is identified. If the leak isn’t in the fittings, then the pipe can be treated the same way. As soon as the soap suds hit the leak, a large bubble will form, revealing the leak. There may be more leaks, so keep an eye on the gauge; if it continues to drop, the search should go on. The pump should be operated to maintain 10 pounds of pressure during the leak search. When the gauge holds steady at 10 pounds, the job is secure. The pump and gauge fittings should be checked first to see if they have leaks. The other method to find leaks is to inject a small amount of ether or oil of peppermint (not essence) into the system using the pump. A leak can usually be detected by the smell. For this method to work, the ether or peppermint should not be handled by the people searching for the leak. The bottle containing the fluid should only be opened to pour some into the piping; otherwise, the smell could spread into the building, making it harder to identify the leak as it escapes. For the benefit of the gas fitter, the piping should be retested after the plastering is finished. The next test occurs when the fixtures are installed; since the piping is tight, any leak that appears in this test indicates that the fixtures have a leak. Various methods are commonly used to repair leaks in gas pipes once they are found. If a piece of piping or a fitting is faulty, it should be removed and replaced. This is important to remember, so any defects noted during installation should result in the faulty fitting or pipe being discarded. Before the gas job is approved, the gas company will inspect it, looking for traps and sags in the pipe. Therefore, the piping should be installed without any traps and arranged to pitch toward the meter or another convenient location where any condensation can be removed. If no provision is made for this condensation, it will build up and block the flow of gas.
SHOWER-BATH CONNECTIONS
The sketches show clearly the methods employed to make a shower-bath waste and stall water-tight. The shower bath, as a separate fixture, is in use and the demand for it as a separate fixture is increasing rapidly. This demand comes from the owners of private houses. The plumber must therefore devise some way to make these connections tight and prevent any leak from showing in the room below. This fixture is so constructed that all waste pipes and trap[151] come under the floor level with no way of getting to them from below. Therefore the piping for this fixture must be of a permanent nature. No pipe or trap made of material that is liable to give out in a short time should be allowed under a shower-bath fixture or stall. The two sketches, Figs. 82 and 83 illustrate two methods of connecting and making tight a shower stall. A plumber should always consider it his special duty to make his work complete and free from all objections. He should always prepare for any emergency that may occur in the future. This is rather a big task, yet the plumber when accepting all of his responsibilities has a big task. I state this to the beginner and emphasize the all-important fact that he must learn to perform and think deeply of the elements of plumbing to be able later on to handle successfully the problems that present themselves in the plumbing trade.
The sketches clearly show the methods used to make a shower-bath waste and stall water-tight. The shower bath, now a stand-alone fixture, is gaining popularity, especially among private homeowners. Plumbers need to find ways to ensure these connections are secure and prevent any leaks from affecting the room below. This fixture is designed so that all waste pipes and traps are located below floor level, making them inaccessible from underneath. Therefore, the piping for this fixture must be durable. No pipe or trap made from materials that might fail quickly should be installed under a shower-bath fixture or stall. The two sketches, Figs. 82 and 83, illustrate two methods for connecting and sealing a shower stall. A plumber should always take pride in making his work thorough and without issues. He should also be prepared for any future emergencies. While this is a significant responsibility, it is crucial for a plumber to manage all his duties effectively. I mention this to beginners and stress the essential point that they must learn to perform and deeply understand the basics of plumbing to successfully tackle the challenges in the plumbing industry later on.
The heavy brass trap shown in the sketch has proved itself very satisfactory and can be made to fit almost any condition of piping or building construction. A flashing of sheet lead is soldered on the trap and carried out to the[152] outside edge of the stall where it is turned up 1 inch, or to the floor level. When the flashing is carried out for only a foot on each side of the trap, the possibilities of a leak are greater.
The heavy brass trap shown in the sketch has proven to be very effective and can be adapted to fit almost any type of piping or building construction. A layer of sheet lead is soldered onto the trap and extended to the[152] outside edge of the stall, where it is turned up 1 inch, or to the floor level. If the lead flashing extends only a foot on each side of the trap, the chances of a leak increase.
CHAPTER XVIII
Plumbing Regulations
The work of plumbing has a direct result on the health of the occupants of buildings; therefore in order that the plumbing may not be installed improperly and impair the health of the occupants, it is necessary to provide a code governing the installation of plumbing. Naturally these laws at first were under the control of the health department of cities, but of late years the building departments have assumed control of the codes with the result that coöperation with the building codes is now the practice rather than the exception.
The work of plumbing directly affects the health of the people living in buildings. To ensure that plumbing is installed correctly and does not harm the occupants' health, it's essential to have a code that regulates plumbing installation. Initially, these laws were managed by city health departments, but in recent years, building departments have taken over the regulation of codes. As a result, cooperation with building codes is now the standard practice rather than the exception.
To make certain the carrying out of the plumbing codes, it is required that a plan indicating the run, size, and length of pipes, location and number of fixtures of the prospective job be filed in the building department of the city, before the work is started. If the plan is approved by the plumbing inspector and acceptance is sent, then the work can be started. After a job is completed a test is made and the job is inspected by the plumbing inspector, and if found to meet requirements a written acceptance of the work is given by the building department. An effort is being made throughout the country to have the plumbing codes under State control rather than have a number of different codes in as many different cities and towns. The State code can be so arranged that it will apply to either city or town.
To ensure compliance with plumbing codes, a plan showing the layout, size, and length of pipes, as well as the location and number of fixtures for the proposed job, must be submitted to the city's building department before starting any work. If the plumbing inspector approves the plan and sends an acceptance, then the work can commence. Once the job is finished, a test is conducted and the plumbing inspector inspects the work; if it meets the requirements, the building department provides a written acceptance. There is an ongoing effort across the country to place plumbing codes under State control instead of having a variety of different codes in numerous cities and towns. The State code can be structured to apply to both cities and towns.
The installation of plumbing varies in different States. In the northern part of the United States all pipes which pass through the roof, if less than 4-inch must be increased to 4-inch. A pipe smaller than 4-inch will be filled with[154] hoar frost during the winter and render the pipe useless to perform its function as a vent pipe. Pipes laid under ground in the Northern States must be at least 4 feet below the surface to protect them from freezing. In the Southern States the frost does not penetrate the ground to such a distance and the pipes can be laid on the surface.
The installation of plumbing varies across different states. In the northern part of the United States, all pipes that go through the roof and are less than 4 inches must be increased to 4 inches. A pipe smaller than 4 inches will be filled with[154] frost during the winter, making it useless as a vent pipe. Pipes buried underground in the northern states must be at least 4 feet below the surface to protect them from freezing. In the southern states, the frost doesn’t reach that deep, so the pipes can be installed above ground.
Following is a State or City plumbing code insofar as it relates to the actual installation of plumbing.
Following is a state or city plumbing code regarding the actual installation of plumbing.
Sec. 1. Plans and Specifications.—There shall be a separate plan for each building, public or private, or any addition thereto, or alterations thereof, accompanied by specifications showing the location, size and kind of pipe, traps, closets and fixtures to be used, which plans and specifications shall be filed with the board or bureau of buildings. The said plans and specifications shall be furnished by the architect, plumber or owner, and filed by the plumber. All applications for change in plans must be made in writing.
Sec. 1. Plans and Specs.—There must be a separate plan for each building, whether public or private, as well as for any additions or alterations, accompanied by specifications that detail the location, size, and type of pipes, traps, toilets, and fixtures to be used. These plans and specifications need to be submitted to the board or bureau of buildings. The plans and specifications will be provided by the architect, plumber, or owner, and filed by the plumber. Any requests for changes to the plans must be made in writing.
Sec. 2. Filing Plans and Specifications.—Plumbers before commencing the construction of plumbing work in any building (except in case of repairs, which are here defined to relate to the mending of leaks in soil, vent, or waste pipes, faucets, valves and water-supply pipes, and shall not be construed to admit of the replacing of any fixture, such as water closets, bath tubs, lavatories, sinks, etc., or the respective traps for such fixtures) shall submit to the bureau plans and specifications, legibly drawn in ink, on blanks to be furnished by said board or bureau. Where two or more buildings are located together and on the same street, and the plumbing work is identical in each, one plan will be sufficient. Plans will be approved or rejected within 24 hours after their receipt.
Sec. 2. Submitting Plans and Specifications.—Plumbers must submit plans and specifications to the bureau before starting any plumbing work in a building (except for repairs, which are defined as fixing leaks in soil, vent, or waste pipes, faucets, valves, and water-supply pipes, and do not include replacing fixtures like toilets, bathtubs, sinks, etc., or their respective traps). The plans must be clearly drawn in ink on forms provided by the board or bureau. If two or more buildings are located next to each other on the same street and require the same plumbing work, only one plan is needed. Plans will be approved or rejected within 24 hours of submission.
Sec. 3. Material of House Drain and Sewer.—House drains or soil pipes laid beneath floor must be extra heavy cast-iron pipe, with leaded and caulked joints, and carried 5 feet outside cellar wall. All drains and soil pipes connected with main drain where it is above the cellar floor shall be extra heavy cast-iron pipe with leaded joints properly secured or of heavy wrought-iron pipe with screw joints properly secured and carried[155] 5 feet outside cellar wall and all arrangements for soil and waste pipes shall be run as direct as possible. Changes of direction on pipes shall be made with "Y"-branches, both above and below the ground, and where such pipes pass through a new foundation-wall a relieving arch shall be built over it, with a 2-inch space on either side of the pipe.
Sec. 3. Materials for House Drains and Sewers.—House drains or soil pipes installed beneath the floor must be extra heavy cast-iron pipe, with leaded and caulked joints, extending 5 feet outside the cellar wall. All drains and soil pipes connected to the main drain that is above the cellar floor must be extra heavy cast-iron pipe with properly secured leaded joints or heavy wrought-iron pipe with securely fastened screw joints, carried[155] 5 feet outside the cellar wall. All soil and waste pipe arrangements should be as direct as possible. Changes in direction of the pipes should be made using "Y"-branches, both above and below ground, and when such pipes pass through a new foundation wall, a relieving arch should be built over it, leaving a 2-inch space on either side of the pipe.
Sec. 4.—The size of main house drain shall be determined by the total area of the buildings and paved surfaces to be drained, according to the following table, if iron pipe is used. If the pipe is terra-cotta the pipe shall be one size larger than for the same amount of area drainage.
Section 4.—The size of the main house drain should be based on the total area of the buildings and paved surfaces that need drainage, as shown in the following table, provided that iron pipe is used. If terra-cotta pipe is used, the pipe should be one size larger than what is indicated for the same drainage area.
Diameter | Fall 1⁄4 inch per foot | Fall 1⁄2 inch per foot |
---|---|---|
4 inches... | 1,800 sq ft drainage | 2,500 sq ft drainage area |
5 inches... | 3,000 sq ft drainage | 4,500 sq ft drainage area |
6 inches... | 5,000 sq ft drainage | 7,500 sq ft drainage area |
8 inches... | 9,100 sq ft drainage | 13,600 square feet drainage area |
10 inches..... | 14,000 square feet drainage | 20,000 square feet drainage area |
The main house drains may be decreased in diameter beyond the rain-water conductor or surface inlet by permission of the bureau, when the plans show that the conditions are such as to warrant such decrease, but in no case shall the main house drain be less than 4 inches in diameter.
The main house drains can be reduced in diameter beyond the rainwater conductor or surface inlet with permission from the bureau, when the plans demonstrate that the conditions justify such a reduction. However, in no case should the main house drain be less than 4 inches in diameter.
Sec. 5. Main Trap.—An iron running trap with two clean-outs must be placed in the house drain near the front wall of the house, and on the sewer side of all connections. If placed outside the house or below the cellar floor the clean-outs must extend to surface with brass screw cap ferrules caulked in. If outside the house, it must never be placed less than 4 feet below the surface of the ground.
Sec. 5. Main Trap.—An iron running trap with two clean-outs should be installed in the house drain close to the front wall and on the sewer side of all connections. If it's installed outside the house or below the cellar floor, the clean-outs need to reach the surface with brass screw cap ferrules secured in place. If it's outside, it must always be at least 4 feet below the ground surface.
Sec. 6. Fresh-air Inlet.—A fresh-air inlet pipe must be connected with the house drain just inside of the house trap and extended to the outer air, terminating with a return bend, or a vent cap or a grating with an open end 1 foot above grade at the most available point to be determined by the building department.
Sec. 6. Fresh Air Inlet.—A fresh-air inlet pipe must be connected to the house drain just inside the house trap and extended to the outside, ending with a return bend, a vent cap, or a grating that has an open end 1 foot above ground at the most accessible point, as determined by the building department.
The fresh-air inlet pipe must be 4 inches in diameter for house[156] drains of 6 inches or less and as much larger as the building department may direct for house drains more than 6 inches in diameter.
The fresh-air inlet pipe needs to be 4 inches wide for house[156] drains that are 6 inches or smaller, and it should be larger as required by the building department for house drains that are bigger than 6 inches.
Sec. 7. Laying of House Sewers and Drains.—House sewers and house drains must, where possible, be given an even grade to the main sewer of not less than 1⁄4 inch to the foot. Full-sized "Y"- and "T"-branch fittings for handhole clean-outs must be provided where required on house drain and its branches. No clean-out need be larger than 6 inches.
Sec. 7. Installing Home Sewers and Drains.—House sewers and house drains should have a consistent slope towards the main sewer of at least 1⁄4 inch per foot, whenever possible. Full-sized "Y" and "T" branch fittings for handhole clean-outs must be installed where necessary on the house drain and its branches. No clean-out should be larger than 6 inches.
Sec. 8. Floor Drains.—Floor or other drains will only be permitted when it can be shown to the satisfaction of the department of building that their use is absolutely necessary, and arrangements made to maintain a permanent water seal, and be provided with check or back-water valves.
Sec. 8. Floor Drains.—Floor drains or other types of drains will only be allowed when it can be proven to the satisfaction of the building department that their use is absolutely necessary. Additionally, there must be plans in place to maintain a permanent water seal, and they must have check or back-water valves installed.
Sec. 9. Weight and Thickness of Cast-iron Pipe.—All cast-iron pipes must be uncoated excepting all laid under ground, which shall be thoroughly tarred, sound, cylindrical and smooth, free from cracks, sand holes and other defects, and of uniform thickness and of grade known to commerce as extra heavy. Cast-iron pipe including the hub shall weigh not less than the following weights per linear foot:
Sec. 9. Weight and Thickness of Cast Iron Pipe.—All cast-iron pipes must be uncoated except for those installed underground, which should be fully tarred, intact, cylindrical, and smooth, free from cracks, sand holes, and other flaws, and have a consistent thickness that meets commercial standards for extra heavy. Cast-iron pipe, including the hub, must weigh no less than the following weights per linear foot:
2-inch pipe | 5 1/2 pounds per foot. |
3-inch pipe | 9 1/2 pounds per foot. |
4-inch pipe | 13 pounds/ft. |
5-inch pipe | 17 lbs per foot. |
6-inch pipe | 20 lbs/ft. |
7-inch pipe | 27 lbs per ft. |
8-inch pipe | 331⁄2 pounds per foot. |
10-inch pipe............... | 45 lbs per foot. |
12-inch pipe............... | 54 pounds/foot. |
All cast-iron pipe must be tested to 50 pounds and marked with the maker's name.
All cast-iron pipes must be tested to 50 pounds and labeled with the manufacturer's name.
All joints in cast-iron pipe must be made with picked oakum and molten lead and caulked gas-tight. Twelve ounces of soft pig lead must be used at each joint for each inch in the diameter of the pipe.
All joints in cast-iron pipe must be made with picked oakum and molten lead, ensuring they are sealed tight against gas. Use twelve ounces of soft pig lead for each joint for every inch of the pipe's diameter.
Sec. 10. Wrought-iron and Steel Pipe.—All wrought-iron and steel pipe shall be galvanized. Fittings used for drainage must be galvanized and of recess type known as drainage fittings.[157] All fittings used for venting shall be galvanized and of the style known as steam pattern. No plain black pipe or fittings will be permitted.
Sec. 10. Wrought-Iron and Steel Pipe.—All wrought-iron and steel pipes must be galvanized. The fittings used for drainage have to be galvanized and of the recessed type known as drainage fittings.[157] All fittings used for venting must also be galvanized and of the steam pattern style. Plain black pipe or fittings are not allowed.
Sec. 11. Sub-soil Drains.—Sub-soil drains must be discharged into a sump or receiving tank, the contents of which must be lifted and discharged into the drainage system above the cellar floor by some approved method. Where directly sewer-connected, they must be cut off from the rest of the building and plumbing system by a brass flap valve on the inlet to the catch basin and the trap on the drain from the catch basin must be water-supplied.
Sec. 11. Subsurface Drains.—Sub-soil drains need to be discharged into a sump or receiving tank, which must then be lifted and sent into the drainage system above the cellar floor using an approved method. If they are directly connected to the sewer, they must be disconnected from the building and plumbing system with a brass flap valve on the inlet to the catch basin, and the trap on the drain from the catch basin must have a water supply.
Sec. 12. Yard and Area Drains.—All yard, area and court drains when sewer-connected must have connection not less than 4 inches in diameter. They should be controlled by one trap—the leader trap if possible. All yards, areas and courts must be drained. Tenement houses and lodging houses must have yards, areas and courts drained into sewer.
Sec. 12. Yard and Area Drains.—All yard, area, and court drains connected to the sewer must have a connection that is at least 4 inches in diameter. They should preferably be managed by a single trap—the leader trap if possible. All yards, areas, and courts must be properly drained. Tenement houses and lodging houses are required to have their yards, areas, and courts drained into the sewer.
Sec. 13. Use of Old Drains and Sewers.—Old house drains and sewers may be used in connection with new buildings or new plumbing, only when they are found, on examination by the department of building, to conform in all respects to the requirements governing new sewers and drains. All extensions to old house drains must be of extra heavy cast-iron pipe.
Sec. 13. Use of Old Drains and Sewers.—Old house drains and sewers can be used with new buildings or plumbing only if, after inspection by the building department, they are confirmed to meet all the standards for new sewers and drains. Any extensions to old house drains must be made with heavy-duty cast-iron pipe.
Sec. 14. Leader Pipes.—All building shall be provided with proper metallic leaders for conducting water from the roofs in such manner as shall protect the walls and foundations of such buildings from injury. In no case shall the water from such leaders be allowed to flow upon the sidewalk but the same shall be conducted by a pipe or pipes to the sewer. If there is no sewer in the street upon which such building fronts, then the water from said leader shall be conducted, by proper pipes below the surface of the sidewalk, to the street gutter.
Sec. 14. Leader Pipes.—Every building must have proper metal leaders to carry water away from the roofs, ensuring that the walls and foundations are protected from damage. Water from these leaders must not flow onto the sidewalk; it should be directed through a pipe or pipes to the sewer. If there isn't a sewer on the street in front of the building, the water from the leader must be directed through appropriate pipes below the sidewalk surface to the street gutter.
Inside leaders shall be constructed of cast iron, wrought iron or steel, with roof connections made gas-and water-tight by means of heavy copper drawn tubing slipped into the pipe. The tubing must slip at least 7 inches into the pipe. Outside leaders may be of sheet metal, but they must connect with the house drain by means of cast-iron pipe extending vertically 5 feet above grade[158] level, where the building is located along public driveways or sidewalks. Where the building is located off building line, and not liable to be damaged the connection shall be made with iron pipe extending 1 foot above the grade level.
Inside leaders should be made of cast iron, wrought iron, or steel, with roof connections that are sealed against gas and water using heavy copper drawn tubing inserted into the pipe. The tubing must extend at least 7 inches into the pipe. Outside leaders can be made of sheet metal, but they must connect to the house drain using cast-iron pipe that rises vertically 5 feet above grade[158] level if the building is along public driveways or sidewalks. If the building is set back from the building line and isn’t at risk of damage, the connection should be made with iron pipe that extends 1 foot above grade level.
All leaders must be trapped with running traps of cast iron, so placed as to prevent freezing.
All leaders must be caught with cast iron running traps, positioned to avoid freezing.
Rain leaders must not be used as soil, waste or vent pipes, nor shall such pipes be used as rain leaders.
Rain leaders should not be used as soil, waste, or vent pipes, and those pipes should not be used as rain leaders.
Sec. 15.—Exhaust from Steam Pipes, Etc.—No steam discharge or exhaust, blow-off or drip pipe shall connect with the sewer or the house drain, leader, soil pipe, waste or vent pipe. Such pipes shall discharge into a tank or condenser, from which suitable outlet to the sewer shall be made. Such condenser shall be supplied with water, to help condensation and help protect the sewer, and shall also be supplied with relief vent to carry off dry steam.
Sec. 15.—Exhaust from Steam Pipes, etc.—No steam discharge or exhaust, blow-off, or drip pipe should be connected to the sewer or the house drain, leader, soil pipe, waste, or vent pipe. These pipes should discharge into a tank or condenser, which must have a proper outlet to the sewer. The condenser should be provided with water to assist in condensation and to protect the sewer, and it should also have a relief vent to release dry steam.
Maximum number of fixtures connected to:
Maximum number of fixtures connected to:
Size of pipe | Waste and soil combined | Soil pipe alone | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
Branch fixtures |
Main fixtures |
Branch water closets |
Main water closets |
|
4-inch | 48 | 96 | 8 | 16 |
4.5-inch | 96 | 192 | 16 | 32 |
6-inch | 268 | 336 | 34 | 68 |
If the building is six (6) and less than twelve (12) stories in height, the diameter shall not be less than 5 inches. If more than twelve (12) it shall be 6 inches, in diameter. A building six (6) or more stories in height, with fixtures located below the sixth floor, soil pipe 4 inches in diameter will be allowed to extend through the roof provided the number of fixtures does not exceed[159] the number given in the table. All soil pipes must extend at least 2 feet above the highest window, and must not be reduced in size. Traps will not be permitted on main, vertical, soil or waste-pipe lines. Each house must have a separate line of soil and vent pipes. No soil or waste line shall be constructed on the outside of a building.
If the building is six (6) to less than twelve (12) stories tall, the diameter must be at least 5 inches. If it's more than twelve (12) stories, the diameter should be 6 inches. A building that is six (6) or more stories high, with fixtures below the sixth floor, can have a 4-inch diameter soil pipe extending through the roof, as long as the number of fixtures doesn't exceed[159] the number listed in the table. All soil pipes must extend at least 2 feet above the highest window and must not be reduced in size. Traps are not allowed on main vertical soil or waste pipe lines. Each house must have its own separate line for soil and vent pipes. No soil or waste line is allowed to be built on the outside of a building.
Fixtures with:
Fixtures with:
- 1–11⁄4-inch traps count as one fixture.
- 1–11⁄2"traps count as one fixture.
- 1–2"traps count as two fittings.
- 1–21⁄2"traps count as three fixtures.
- 1–3"Traps (toilets) count as four fixtures.
- 1–4"traps count as five fixtures.
Sec. 17. Change in Direction.—All sewer, soil, and waste pipes must be as direct as possible. Changes in direction must be made with "Y"- or half "Y"-branches or one-eighth bends. Offsets in soil or waste pipes will not be permitted when they can be avoided, nor, in any case unless suitable provision is made to prevent the accumulation of rust or other obstruction. Offsets must be made with fourth degree bends or similar fittings. The use of T "Y"s (sanitary Ts) will be permitted on upright lines only.
Sec. 17. Change in Direction.—All sewer, soil, and waste pipes need to be as straight as possible. Changes in direction should be done with "Y" or half "Y" branches, or one-eighth bends. Offsets in soil or waste pipes are not allowed unless necessary, and if they are used, proper measures must be taken to prevent the buildup of rust or other blockages. Offsets should be created with fourth degree bends or similar fittings. The use of T "Y" (sanitary Ts) is only permitted on vertical lines.
Sec. 18. Joints on Soil and Waste Pipes.—Connection on lead and cast-iron pipe shall be made with brass sleeve or ferrule, of the same size as the lead pipe inserted in the hub of the iron pipe, and caulked with lead. The lead must be attached to the ferrule by means of a wiped joint. Joints between lead and wrought-iron pipes must be made with brass nipple, of same size as lead pipe. The lead pipe must be attached to the brass nipple by means of a wiped joint. All connections of lead waste pipes must be made by means of wiped joints.
Sec. 18. Connections on Soil and Waste Pipes.—Connections on lead and cast-iron pipes should be made using a brass sleeve or ferrule that is the same size as the lead pipe, which is inserted into the hub of the iron pipe and sealed with lead. The lead must be connected to the ferrule using a wiped joint. Joints between lead and wrought-iron pipes must use a brass nipple that matches the size of the lead pipe. The lead pipe is attached to the brass nipple through a wiped joint. All connections of lead waste pipes must be done using wiped joints.
Short nipples on wrought-iron and steel pipes must be of thickness and weight known as "extra heavy" or "extra strong."
Short nipples on wrought-iron and steel pipes must be of thickness and weight known as "extra heavy" or "extra strong."
Brass ferrules must be best quality, extra heavy cast brass, not less than 4 inches long and 21⁄4, 31⁄2 and 41⁄2 inches in diameter and not less than the following weights:
Brass ferrules should be high-quality, heavy-duty cast brass, measuring at least 4 inches long and with diameters of 2¼, 3½, and 4½ inches. They also need to meet the following minimum weight requirements:
Diameters | Weights |
---|---|
21⁄4 inches......................... | 1 pound 0 oz. |
31⁄2 inches......................... | 1 pound 12 ounces. |
41⁄2 inches......................... | 2 pounds 8 oz. |
Sec. 19. Solder Nipples.—Solder nipples must be heavy cast brass or of brass pipe, iron pipe size. When cast they must be not less than the following weights:
Solder Nipples.—Solder nipples must be made of heavy cast brass or brass pipe, sized to fit iron pipe. When cast, they must weigh at least the following amounts:
Diameters | Weights |
---|---|
11⁄2 inches......................... | 0 pound 8 oz. |
2inches | 0 pound 14 ounces. |
21⁄2 inches......................... | 1 pound 6 oz. |
3inches | 2 pounds 0 oz. |
4inches | 3 pounds 8 oz. |
Sec. 20. Brass Clean-outs.—Brass screw caps for clean-outs must be extra heavy, not less than 1⁄8 inch thick. The screw cap must have a solid square or hexagonal nut not less than 1 inch high and a least diameter of 11⁄2 inches. The body of the clean-out ferrule must be at least equal in weight and thickness to the caulking ferrule for the same size pipe.
Sec. 20. Brass Cleanouts.—Brass screw caps for clean-outs must be extra heavy, at least 1⁄8 inch thick. The screw cap should have a solid square or hexagonal nut that is at least 1 inch high and has a minimum diameter of 11⁄2 inches. The body of the clean-out ferrule must weigh and be as thick as the caulking ferrule for the same size pipe.
Sec. 21. Lead Waste Pipe.—All lead waste, soil vent and flush pipes must be of the best quality, known in commerce as "D," and of not less than the following weights per linear foot:
Sec. 21. Lead Waste Pipe.—All lead waste, soil vent, and flush pipes must be of the highest quality, commonly referred to in the market as "D," and must weigh no less than the following amounts per linear foot:
Diameters | Weights |
---|---|
11⁄4 inches.............................. | 21⁄2 pounds. |
11⁄2 inches.............................. | 3 pounds. |
2inches | 4 pounds. |
3inches | 6 pounds. |
4inches | 8 pounds. |
All lead traps and bends must be of the same weight and thicknesses as their corresponding pipe branches.
All lead traps and bends must be the same weight and thickness as their corresponding pipe branches.
Sec. 22. Roof Flashers.—Sheet lead for roof flashings must be 6-pound lead and must extend not less than 6 inches from the pipe and the joint made water-tight.
Sec. 22. Roof Flashings.—Roof flashings should use 6-pound sheet lead and must extend at least 6 inches from the pipe, ensuring the joint is sealed tight against water.
Sec. 23. Traps for Bath Tubs, Water Closets, Etc.—Every sink, bath tub, basin, water closet, slop hopper, or fixtures having a waste pipe, must be furnished with a trap, which shall be placed as close as practicable to the fixture that it serves and in no case shall it be more than 1 foot. The waste pipe from the bath tub or other fixtures must not be connected with a water-closet[161] trap.
Sec. 23. Traps for Bathtubs, Toilets, etc.—Every sink, bathtub, basin, toilet, slop sink, or fixture with a waste pipe must have a trap. This trap should be installed as close as possible to the fixture it serves, and it should not be more than 1 foot away. The waste pipe from the bathtub or other fixtures must not be connected to a toilet trap.[161]
Horizontal and vertical | Number of small fixtures |
---|---|
11⁄4-inch.............................. | 1 |
11⁄2-inch.............................. | 2 |
2 -inch.............................. | 3 to 8 |
21⁄2-inch.............................. | 9 to 20 |
3 -inch.............................. | 21 to 44 |
If building is ten (10) or more stories in height, the vertical waste pipe shall not be less than 3 inches in diameter. The use of wrought-iron pipe for waste pipe 2 inches or less in diameter is prohibited.
If a building is ten (10) stories or more, the vertical waste pipe must be at least 3 inches in diameter. Using wrought-iron pipes for waste pipes that are 2 inches or less in diameter is not allowed.
The size of traps and waste branches, for a given fixture, shall be as follows:
The size of traps and waste branches for each fixture should be as follows:
Kind of fixtures | Size in inches | |
---|---|---|
Trap | Branch | |
Water closet................................................... | 3 | 4 |
Slop sink with trap combined.......................... | 3 | 3 |
Slop sink ordinary........................................... | 2 | 2 |
Pedestal urinal................................................ | 3 | 3 |
Floor drain or wash......................................... | 4 | 4 |
Yard drain or catch basin................................ | 4 | 4 |
Urinal trough................................................... | 2 | 2 |
Laundry trays, two or five................................ | 2 | 2 |
Combination sink and tray (for each fixture)..... | 1/2 | 2 |
Kitchen sinks, small......................................... | 1/2 | 1/2 |
Kitchen sinks, large hotel, etc.......................... | ||
Kitchen sinks, grease trap............................... | 2 | |
Pantry sinks.................................................... | 1/2 | 1/2 |
Wash basin, one only...................................... | 1/4 | 1/4 |
Bath tub.......................................................... | 2 | 2 |
Shower baths.................................................. | 1/2 | 1/2 |
Shower baths, floor......................................... | 2 | 2 |
Sitz bath.......................................................... | 1/2 | 1/2 |
Drinking fountains............................................ | 1/4 | 1/4 |
Sec. 25. Overflow Pipes.—Overflow pipes from fixtures must[162] in all cases be connected on the inlet side of the traps.
Sec. 25. Overflow Pipes.—Overflow pipes from fixtures must[162] always be connected on the inlet side of the traps.
Sec. 26. Setting of Traps Without Re-vent.—All traps must be substantially supported and set true with respect to their water levels. No pot, bottle or "D" trap will be permitted nor any form of trap that is not self-cleaning, nor that has interior chambers or mechanism nor any trap except earthenware ones that depend upon interior partitions for a seal. In case there is an additional fixture required in building and it is impossible to re-vent pipe for the trap, the building department may designate the kind of trap to be used. This shall not be construed to allow traps without re-vents in new buildings.
Sec. 26. Placing Traps Without Re-vent.—All traps must be properly supported and accurately aligned according to their water levels. No pots, bottles, or "D" traps are allowed, nor any traps that are not self-cleaning, nor those with interior chambers or mechanisms, nor any traps other than earthenware types that rely on interior partitions for a seal. If an additional fixture is needed in the building and it’s impossible to vent the pipe for the trap, the building department may specify the type of trap to use. This does not permit traps without re-vents in new buildings.
Sec. 27. Safe and Refrigerator Pipes.—Safe-waste pipes must not connect directly with any part of the plumbing system. Safe-waste pipes must discharge over an open, water-supplied, publicly-placed, ordinary-used sink, placed not more than 31⁄2 feet above the cellar floor. The safe waste from a refrigerator must be trapped at the bottom of the line only and must not discharge upon the ground floor, but over an ordinary open pan, or some properly-trapped, water-supplied sink, as above. In no case shall the refrigerator waste pipe discharge into a sink located in a living room.
Sec. 27. Safe and Refrigerator Pipes.—Safe-waste pipes must not connect directly to any part of the plumbing system. Safe-waste pipes should drain over an open, water-supplied, publicly-placed, commonly-used sink that is no more than 31⁄2 feet above the cellar floor. The waste from a refrigerator must be trapped only at the bottom of the line and should not discharge onto the ground floor, but rather over a conventional open pan or a properly-trapped, water-supplied sink, as noted above. Under no circumstances should the refrigerator waste pipe discharge into a sink located in a living room.
The branches on vertical lines must be made by means of "Y" fittings and be carried to the safe with as much pitch as possible. Where there is an offset on the refrigerator waste pipe in the cellar, there must be clean-outs placed. These clean-outs must be of brass.
The branches on vertical lines should be made using "Y" fittings and should slope towards the safe as much as possible. If there’s an offset on the refrigerator waste pipe in the cellar, there need to be clean-outs installed. These clean-outs must be made of brass.
In tenement and lodging houses the refrigerator waste pipe must extend above the roof, and not be larger than 11⁄2 inches and the branches not smaller than 11⁄4 inches. Refrigerator waste pipes, except in tenement houses, and all safe-waste pipes, must have brass flap valve on the lower ends. Lead safes must be graded and neatly turned over beveled strips at their edges.
In apartment buildings and housing accommodations, the refrigerator waste pipe must extend above the roof and can't be larger than 11⁄2 inches, with branches no smaller than 11⁄4 inches. Refrigerator waste pipes, except in apartment buildings, and all safe-waste pipes must have a brass flap valve at the lower ends. Lead safes need to be graded and neatly turned over beveled strips at their edges.
Sec. 28. Vent-pipe Material.—Material for vent pipes shall be of lead, brass, enameled iron or galvanized iron.
Sec. 28. Vent Pipe Material.—Vent pipe materials must be lead, brass, enameled iron, or galvanized iron.
Size of pipe | Maximum length in feet |
Number of traps vented | |
---|---|---|---|
Mains | Branch | Main vertical | |
11⁄4-inch vent.......... | 20 ft | 1 | |
11⁄2-inch vent.......... | 40 feet | 2 or fewer | |
2-inch vent.............. | 65 feet | 10 or less | 20 or fewer |
21⁄2-inch vent.......... | 100 feet | 20 or less | 40 or fewer |
3-inch vent.............. | 10 or more stories |
60 or less | 100 or less |
The branch vent shall not be less than the following sizes:
The branch vent must be no smaller than the following sizes:
- 11⁄4 inches in diameter for 11⁄4 inch trap.
- 11⁄2 inches in diameter for 11⁄2 inch to 21⁄2 inch trap.
- 2 inches in diameter for 3 inch to 4 inch trap.
- One-half their diameter, for traps 3 inches and over.
Where two or more closets are placed side by side, on a horizontal branch, the branch line shall have a relief extended as a loop. A pipe 2 inches in diameter shall be sufficient as a loop vent for two closets. A pipe 3 inches in diameter shall be sufficient as a relief for three or four closets; and where more than four closets are located on the same branch the relief shall not be less than 4 inches in diameter. All house drains and soil lines on which a water closet is located must have a 4-inch main vent line. Where an additional closet is located in the cellar or basement, and within 10 feet of main soil or vent line, no relief vent will be required for said closet; but where it is more than 10 feet, a 2-inch vent line will be required. Relief vent pipes for water closets must not be less than 2 inches in diameter, for a length of 40 feet, and not less than 3 inches in diameter, for more than 40 feet.
Where two or more toilets are placed next to each other on a horizontal branch, that branch line should have a looped relief. A 2-inch diameter pipe is enough for the loop vent for two toilets. A 3-inch diameter pipe is sufficient for three or four toilets; and if there are more than four toilets on the same branch, the relief must be at least 4 inches in diameter. All house drains and soil lines that have a toilet must have a 4-inch main vent line. If an additional toilet is located in the cellar or basement and is within 10 feet of the main soil or vent line, no relief vent is needed for that toilet; but if it’s more than 10 feet away, a 2-inch vent line is required. Relief vent pipes for toilets must be at least 2 inches in diameter for a length of 40 feet, and at least 3 inches in diameter for more than 40 feet.
No re-vent from traps under bell traps will be required.
No re-vent from traps under bell traps will be required.
In any building having a sewer connection with a private or public sewer used for bell-trap connections or floor drainage only, a 2-inch relief line must be extended to the roof of the building from rear end of main. House drains, constructed for roof drainage only, will not require a relief vent.
In any building connected to a private or public sewer that only uses bell-trap connections or floor drainage, a 2-inch relief line must be extended to the roof from the back end of the main. House drains built only for roof drainage won't need a relief vent.
A floor trap for a shower shall be vented, unless located in the cellar or ground floor the paving of which renders the trap[164] inaccessible.
A shower floor drain must be vented, unless it's located in the cellar or on the ground floor, where the paving makes the drain[164] inaccessible.
Sec. 30. Horizontal Vent Pipes.—Where rows of fixtures are placed in a line, fitting of not less than 45° to the horizontal must be used on vent lines to prevent filling with rust or condensation; except on brick or tile walls, where it is necessary to channel same for pipes, 90° fittings will be allowed. Trapped vent pipes are strictly prohibited. No vent pipe from the house side of any trap shall connect with the ventilation pipe or with sewer, soil or waste pipe.
Sec. 30. Horizontal Vent Pipes.—When you have a row of fixtures lined up, you must use fittings that are at least 45° to the horizontal on vent lines to stop them from getting filled with rust or condensation; except on brick or tile walls, where you can use 90° fittings if you need to channel the pipes. Trapped vent pipes are not allowed. No vent pipe from the house side of any trap should connect with the ventilation pipe or with the sewer, soil, or waste pipe.
No sheet metal, brick, or other flue shall be used as a vent pipe.
No sheet metal, brick, or any other flue should be used as a vent pipe.
Sec. 32. Setting of Fixtures.—All fixtures must be set open and free from all enclosing woodwork. Water closets and urinals must not be connected directly or flushed from the water-supply pipes except when flushometer valves are used. Each water closet must be flushed from a separate cistern, the water from which is used for no other purpose, or may be flushed through flushometer valves.
Sec. 32. Installation of Fixtures.—All fixtures must be installed openly and without any surrounding woodwork. Toilets and urinals must not be directly connected to or flushed from the water supply pipes unless using flushometer valves. Each toilet must be flushed from its own cistern, which is only used for that purpose, or can be flushed through flushometer valves.
Rubber connection and elbows are not permitted.
Rubber connections and elbows are not allowed.
Pan, plunger, or hopper closets will not be permitted in any building. No range closet either wet or dry, nor any evaporating system of closets shall be constructed or allowed inside of any building.
Pan, plunger, or hopper toilets are not allowed in any building. No range toilet, whether wet or dry, or any type of evaporating toilet system will be built or permitted inside any building.
A separate building constructed especially for the purpose, must be provided in which such range closets shall be set.
A separate building specifically built for this purpose must be provided where these types of bathrooms will be installed.
All earthenware traps must have heavy brass floor flange plates, soldered to the lead bends and bolted to the trap flange, and the joint made permanently secure and gas-tight.
All earthenware traps must have heavy brass floor flange plates, soldered to the lead bends and bolted to the trap flange, with the joint made permanently secure and airtight.
In all buildings sewer-connected there must be at least one water closet in each building. There must be a sufficient number of water closets so that there will never be more than 15 people to each water closet.
In all buildings connected to a sewer system, there must be at least one restroom in each building. There must be enough restrooms to ensure that there are never more than 15 people per restroom.
Separate water closets and toilet rooms must be provided for each sex in buildings used as workshops, office buildings, factories,[165] hotels and all places of public assembly.
Separate restrooms and toilet rooms must be provided for each gender in buildings used as workshops, office buildings, factories,[165] hotels, and all places of public assembly.
In all buildings the water closet and urinal apartments must be ventilated into the outer air by windows opening on the same lot as the building is situated on or by a ventilating skylight placed over each room or apartment where such fixtures are located.
In all buildings, the restroom and urinal areas must be ventilated to the outside air through windows that open onto the same property as the building or by a venting skylight installed above each room or area where these fixtures are found.
In all buildings the outside partition of any water closet or urinal apartment must be air-tight and extend to the ceiling or be independently ceiled over. When necessary to light such apartments properly the upper part of the partition must be provided with translucent glass. The interior partitions of such apartments must be dwarfed partitions.
In all buildings, the exterior walls of any restroom or urinal area must be airtight and reach the ceiling or have a separate ceiling. If proper lighting is needed for these spaces, the upper part of the wall should have translucent glass. The interior walls of these areas should be shorter partitions.
In alteration work where it is not practicable to ventilate a closet or urinal apartment by windows or skylight to the outer air, there must be provided a sheet-iron duct extending to the outer air, the area of the duct must be at least 144 square inches for one water closet or urinal, and an additional 72 square inches for each addition closet or urinal added therein.
In renovation projects where it's not feasible to ventilate a restroom or urinal area with windows or skylights to the outside, a sheet metal duct must be installed that leads to the outside air. The duct should have a minimum area of 144 square inches for one toilet or urinal, plus an extra 72 square inches for each additional toilet or urinal added.
The platforms and treads of urinal stalls must be connected independently of the plumbing system, nor can they be connected with any safe-waste pipe.
The platforms and treads of urinal stalls must be connected separately from the plumbing system, and they can't be connected to any safe-waste pipe.
The copper lining of water closet and urinal cisterns must not be lighter than 12 ounces copper, and must be stamped on lining with maker's name. Where lead is used it must not weigh less than 4 pounds to the square foot. All other materials are prohibited.
The copper lining of toilets and urinal tanks must be at least 12 ounces of copper and should have the manufacturer's name stamped on the lining. If lead is used, it must weigh no less than 4 pounds per square foot. All other materials are not allowed.
Sec. 34. Fixtures Prohibited.—Wooden wash trays, sinks, or bath tubs are prohibited inside buildings. Such fixtures must be constructed of non-absorbent materials. Cement or artificial stone tubs will not be permitted, unless approved by the plumbing inspector and building department.
Sec. 34. No Fixtures Allowed.—Wooden wash trays, sinks, or bathtubs are not allowed inside buildings. These fixtures must be made of non-absorbent materials. Cement or artificial stone tubs are not allowed unless they are approved by the plumbing inspector and building department.
Yard water closets will not be permitted except as approved by the plumbing inspector and then passed by the building department.
Yard bathrooms won't be allowed unless they're approved by the plumbing inspector and then approved by the building department.
Sec. 35. Privy Vaults and Cesspools.—No privy vault or[166] cesspool for sewage, shall be constructed in any part of the city where a sewer is at all accessible. In parts of the city where no sewer exists privy vaults and cesspools shall not be located within 2 feet of party or street line nor within 20 feet of any building. Before these are constructed application for permission therefore shall be made to the building department.
Sec. 35. Sewage Pits and Cesspools.—No privy vault or [166] cesspool for sewage should be built anywhere in the city where a sewer is accessible. In areas of the city without a sewer, privy vaults and cesspools must not be placed within 2 feet of a property line or street line, nor within 20 feet of any building. Before these are built, permission must be requested from the building department.
Sec. 36. Material and Workmanship.—All material used in the work of plumbing and drainage must be of good quality and free from defects. The work must be executed in a thorough and workmanlike manner.
Sec. 36. Materials and Workmanship.—All materials used in plumbing and drainage work must be high quality and free of defects. The work must be done thoroughly and professionally.
INDEX
- C
- Caulking joints, 89, 90
- Cellar drainer, 84
- Cement, pipe joint, 122
- Cementing, 72, 73
- Circulation, hot water, 124, 129
- Closets, 3, 4, 5
- Cocks, stop and waste, 120
- Code-plumbing, 153
- brass clean-outs, 160
- change in direction, 159
- diameter of soil pipes, 158
- exhaust from steam pipes, 158
- filing plans, 154
- floor drains, 156
- fresh-air inlet, 155
- joints, 159
- laying of drains, 156
- lead waste pipe, 160
- leader pipes, 157
- main trap, 155
- materials of drains, 154
- old drains and sewers, 157
- over-flow pipes, 162
- plans and specification, 154
- roof flashers, 160
- safe and refrigerator pipes, 162
- size of drains, 155
- of waste pipes, 161
- solder nipples, 160
- traps, 160
- without vents, 162
- yard and area drains, 157
- Code, fixtures prohibited, 165
- Connecting, sewers, 74
- Connections, of fixtures, 139
- Corporation cock and tap, 76–77
- Coupling, right and left, 116
- Covering, pipe, 131
- Cup joint, 14–66
- Curb cock, 77–81
- Cutters, pipe, 113
- Cutting, terra-cotta pipe, 72 [168]
- cast-iron pipe, 93
- T
- Tables, angle measurements, 138, 139
- Tallow, 13
- Tank, storage connections of, 125 [170]
- Tell-tale pipe, 100
- Terra-cotta pipe, 69, 75, 83
- cutting, 72
- Testing, gas pipe, 148
- Thermostat, 124, 126
- Tinning, brass, 38, 42, 45
- bib, 59
- Tools, bending iron, 15
- Traps, bag, 109
- Trenches, digging, 70, 81, 87
- Tubs, bath, 6
- Tunnels, 73
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!